i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help

i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
A member of the United Technologies Corporation family · Stock symbol UTX · Catalog No. 11-808-553-01 · 5/22/2017
office.
Verify that you have the most current version of this document from www.hvacpartners.com or your local Carrier
Important changes are listed in Document revision history at the end of this document.
CARRIER CORPORATION © 2017. All rights reserved throughout the world. i-Vu is a registered trademark of Carrier
Corporation. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this guide and the associated Carrier software are property of Carrier Corporation and its respective
licensors, and are protected by copyright. For more information on the software and licensing, see the About section in
the software's Help menu.
The content of this guide is furnished for informational use only and is subject to change without notice. Carrier
Corporation assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies that may appear in the informational
content contained in this guide. This document contains no technical data controlled by the EAR or ITAR.
Contents
What is an i-Vu® Pro system? .................................................................................................................................... 1
A typical i-Vu® Pro system ..................................................................................................................................1
i-Vu® Pro tools ......................................................................................................................................................1
What's new in v6.5 ...................................................................................................................................................... 3
What's new in the i-Vu® Pro application ..........................................................................................................3
What's new in the SiteBuilder application ........................................................................................................6
What's new in the Snap application ..................................................................................................................7
What's new in the Field Assistant application .................................................................................................8
What's new in the ViewBuilder application ......................................................................................................9
Using the i-Vu® Pro application................................................................................................................................ 10
Running i-Vu® Pro Server ................................................................................................................................. 10
To start the i-Vu® Pro system ............................................................................................................. 10
To send a message to logged in operators ........................................................................................ 10
To log off an operator .......................................................................................................................... 11
To shut down a system ....................................................................................................................... 11
Getting to know the interface .......................................................................................................................... 12
Navigation trees .................................................................................................................................. 13
Navigating the system......................................................................................................................... 14
To show, hide, or resize the navigation tree ...................................................................................... 14
Zooming in and out ............................................................................................................................. 15
Using right-click menus ....................................................................................................................... 16
To print the action pane ...................................................................................................................... 17
Colors and status in the i-Vu® Pro interface ..................................................................................... 17
Colors and setpoints ........................................................................................................................... 18
Working with equipment in the interface ...................................................................................................... 19
Graphics pages .................................................................................................................................... 20
Properties pages ................................................................................................................................. 25
Logic pages .......................................................................................................................................... 27
Changing multiple microblock properties .......................................................................................... 29
Checking controller status .................................................................................................................. 32
Managing setpoints............................................................................................................................. 37
Configuring Optimal Start ................................................................................................................... 40
Schedules............................................................................................................................................................ 44
Creating and modifying schedules ..................................................................................................... 44
Using schedule categories .................................................................................................................. 49
i-Vu® Pro CCN schedules ................................................................................................................... 52
Trends .................................................................................................................................................................. 53
To collect trend data for a point ......................................................................................................... 54
Viewing a built-in, single-point trend graph........................................................................................ 55
Creating a custom trend graph........................................................................................................... 56
Adding trend categories ...................................................................................................................... 58
Using trend graphs .............................................................................................................................. 59
Alarms ................................................................................................................................................................. 61
Viewing, acknowledging, and deleting alarms ................................................................................... 62
Setting up alarm actions ..................................................................................................................... 67
Setting up an alarm source in the i-Vu® Pro interface ..................................................................... 83
Using field codes ................................................................................................................................. 88
Reports ................................................................................................................................................................ 92
To run a report ..................................................................................................................................... 95
To create a PDF, XLS, or CSV file ........................................................................................................ 95
To create an Equipment Summary report.......................................................................................... 96
To create an Equipment Values report .............................................................................................. 96
Contents
To create a Trend Samples report ...................................................................................................... 98
To save a custom report's design....................................................................................................... 99
To edit or delete a custom report .................................................................................................... 100
To organize custom reports ............................................................................................................. 100
Operator access ............................................................................................................................................... 101
Privilege sets .................................................................................................................................... 101
Operators and operator groups ....................................................................................................... 105
To change My Settings ..................................................................................................................... 107
Advanced security ............................................................................................................................ 109
Advanced topics and features ....................................................................................................................... 114
Manual commands .......................................................................................................................... 114
Using DEBUG MODE ......................................................................................................................... 119
Running the i-Vu® Pro autopilot...................................................................................................... 119
System database maintenance....................................................................................................... 121
Defining i-Vu® Pro paths ................................................................................................................. 123
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system ................................................................................................... 127
Setting up networks ........................................................................................................................................ 127
Setting up IP network communication ............................................................................................ 127
Troubleshooting networks ............................................................................................................... 143
Using a Modstat to troubleshoot your system ................................................................................ 145
Communicating locally with Open controllers................................................................................. 149
Communicating locally with the i-Vu® XT controller....................................................................... 152
Network security .............................................................................................................................................. 153
What is TLS (HTTPS)? ....................................................................................................................... 153
Setting up i-Vu® Open devices in the i-Vu® Pro application .................................................................... 162
Find and upload i-Vu® Open routers and controllers .................................................................... 162
Change network and device addressing ......................................................................................... 163
Working with control programs for programmable controllers ............................................................... 163
Reload, create, or edit a control program in EquipmentBuilder or Snap ...................................... 164
Change a control program or graphic ............................................................................................. 166
Add or delete a custom control program ........................................................................................ 167
To edit a control program on a i-Vu® Pro client ............................................................................. 169
Setting up a CCN devices in the i-Vu® Pro application .............................................................................. 170
To find and download devices in a single CCN Gateway system................................................... 171
To set up a system for multiple CCN Gateways .............................................................................. 172
To find and download i-Vu® CCN routers in a multiple CCN Gateway system ............................. 173
To find and upload the Carrier® ChillerVu in a multiple CCN Gateway system ............................ 175
To assign and download a custom CCN equipment file ................................................................ 176
To view an equipment's CCN tables ................................................................................................ 178
Working with Universal and Comfort Controllers (CCN) ................................................................. 179
Working with Terminal System Managers ...................................................................................... 183
Integrating third-party data into the i-Vu® Pro system.............................................................................. 187
To discover third-party BACnet networks, devices, and objects .................................................... 188
To determine the number of non-BACnet third-party points used in a system............................. 189
To determine the number of third-party points used in a controller ............................................. 190
To configure LonWorks points using the LonWorks Integration Tool ............................................ 190
Create navigation tree for the User view...................................................................................................... 191
Configuring your system ................................................................................................................................. 192
Work with controllers, set up Linkage, and perform Test and Balance ........................................ 192
Commissioning equipment .............................................................................................................. 192
Commissioning equipment using Field Assistant ........................................................................... 199
Downloading to controllers .............................................................................................................. 201
Monitoring and controlling equipment ......................................................................................................... 204
To lock a BACnet point or value....................................................................................................... 204
To force a CCN point value .............................................................................................................. 205
Contents
Working with drivers in the i-Vu® Pro interface.......................................................................................... 206
To change or upgrade a driver......................................................................................................... 206
Working with touchscreen or BACview® files in the i-Vu® Pro interface ............................................... 207
To select a different screen file ....................................................................................................... 207
To edit a screen file on an i-Vu® Pro client .................................................................................... 208
Setting up i-Vu® Pro client devices and web browsers ............................................................................. 209
Setting up and using a computer with the i-Vu® Pro system ........................................................ 210
Setting up and using a web browser to view the i-Vu® Pro interface ........................................... 211
Web browser and operating system limitations ............................................................................. 216
Using WAP devices with the i-Vu® Pro system ........................................................................................... 217
Supported i-Vu® Pro features ......................................................................................................... 217
To dial up a i-Vu® Pro system using WAP ....................................................................................... 217
To navigate the system .................................................................................................................... 218
To view and edit Alarms ................................................................................................................... 219
To view and edit equipment properties .......................................................................................... 219
Setting up a system in the i-Vu® Pro interface ........................................................................................... 221
Using System Options ...................................................................................................................... 221
Adding links or text to i-Vu® Pro's login page ................................................................................. 234
Editing a system remotely .............................................................................................................................. 235
To import a clipping .......................................................................................................................... 235
Managing files on a remote i-Vu® Pro server ................................................................................. 237
Options for running the i-Vu® Pro system ................................................................................................... 238
Running i-Vu Pro Server without connecting to controllers ........................................................... 238
Switching i-Vu Pro Server to a different system ............................................................................. 238
Running i-Vu Pro Server as a Windows® service ........................................................................... 238
Setting up a system for non-English languages.......................................................................................... 241
Preparing your workstation for non-English text............................................................................. 241
Installing a language pack ............................................................................................................... 242
Creating control programs and translation files for a non-English system ................................... 243
Creating graphics for a non-English system ................................................................................... 245
Creating a non-English system in SiteBuilder ................................................................................. 247
To set an operator’s language in the i-Vu® Pro interface.............................................................. 248
Editing translation files or control programs for a non-English system ........................................ 249
Integrating i-Vu® Pro data into other applications .............................................................................................. 250
Document revision history ..................................................................................................................................... 251
What is an i-Vu® Pro system?
An i-Vu® Pro system is a web-based building automation system that can be accessed from anywhere in the world
through a web browser, without the need for special software on the workstation. Through the web browser, you
can perform building management functions such as:
•
adjust setpoints and other control parameters
•
set and change schedules
•
graphically trend important building conditions
•
view and acknowledge alarms
•
run preconfigured and custom reports on energy usage, occupant overrides, and much more
A typical i-Vu® Pro system
An i-Vu® Pro system uses a network of microprocessor-based controllers to control heating and air conditioning. A
web-based server communicates with these controllers and generates the i-Vu® Pro interface that the user can
access through a web browser. Through the interface, you can gather information, change operating properties,
run reports, and perform other building management functions on a single building or an entire campus.
The i-Vu® Pro client uses a supported web browser to access i-Vu® Pro Server as a website.
i-Vu® Pro supports:
•
Unlimited simultaneous users
•
Multiple operating systems and databases
•
CCN, Open, and third-party devices
•
Built-in alarming, trending, and reporting
•
Third-party integration
•
Secure server access using TLS
i-Vu® Pro tools
Develop and configure graphics and a system database for your i-Vu® Pro system using the following i-Vu® Pro
tools.
NOTE The i-Vu® Pro Tech Tools and Customer Tools DVDs have a built-in license that expires 2 years after the
software is released. When prompted during installation, browse to the i-Vu® Pro non-expiring license that you
obtained from Carrier.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
1
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
What is an i-Vu® Pro system?
Use...
To...
ViewBuilder
Create or edit graphics
SiteBuilder
Create and modify the system database
Build a system for multiple CCN Gateways
Tech tools for the Installer only:
Use...
To...
EquipmentBuilder
Build or edit control programs (.equipment files) for programmable
controllers. Can also produce graphics, sequence of operation, and
screen files
Alarm Notfication
Receive a message on any networked computer that is running the iVu® Pro Alarm Notification Client application
Virtual BACview®
View and change property values and the controller's real time clock
BBMD Configuration Tool
Configure BACnet/IP Broadcast Management Devices (BBMDs)
NOTE If your system has multiple routers that reside on different IP
subnets, you must set up one router on each IP subnet as a BACnet/IP
Broadcast Management Device (BBMD).
MSTP Capture Utility
Capture BACnet traffic on MS/TP. It is intended for use in situations
where Carrier Control Systems Support needs a network capture to
troubleshoot communications.
Test & Balance
•
Calibrate airflow in a VAV or VVT Zone controller
•
Calibrate the static pressure in a VVT Bypass controller
•
Commission air terminals
•
Override reheat and terminal fans
NOTE Use Test & Balance to manipulate the controllers associated with
an air source, but not the air source itself, or heating and cooling
equipment, such as chillers and boilers.
Snap
Build custom control programs using individual blocks of programming
code called microblocks
LonWorks Integration Tool
Generate the microblock addresses automatically for third-party
LonWorks points
AppLoader
Use to download .clipping files to restore factory defaults and check
Module Status (Modstat) via the Rnet port
Field Assistant
Service or start up and commission a piece of equipment or a network of
controllers.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
2
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
What's new in v6.5
What's new in v6.5
What's new in the i-Vu® Pro application
Feature
Improvement
New in v6.5:
Increased security with the
Advanced password policy
(page 113)
After upgrading to v6.5, this policy that lets you set rules for operator
passwords will automatically be turned on with a required password length of 8
characters. You can go to the System Settings > Security tab and turn off Use
advanced password policy, or leave it turned on and define the policy
requirements.
If this policy was not enabled before upgrade but you choose to leave it
enabled, all existing operators will be exempt from the policy. You can leave
them exempt so they can use their existing passwords, or you can require them
to reset their passwords to comply with the policy. Any new operators that you
add after the upgrade will be required to comply.
Anonymous user removed
The "anonymous" user has been removed, so every operator will need a login
name and password.
BACnet firewall (page 153)
The v6-02 drivers for Carrier controllers with Ethernet capability have a new
BACnet firewall feature that allows you to restrict communication with the
controller to all private IP addresses and/or to a whitelist of IP addresses that
you define.
Smart phone support (page
209)
and
enhanced small screen
navigation (page 12)
The i-Vu® Pro application can now detect if you are accessing it on a smallscreen device such as a smart phone or small tablet, and it will deliver a new
interface that accommodates the smaller screen.
Web browser support
The i-Vu® Pro application:
•
No longer supports IE8, IE9, or IE10.
•
Now supports the Microsoft® Edge web browser.
Alarm sound snooze feature
(page 66)
An alarm's audible alert can now be snoozed for 5 minutes or silenced
completely.
Enhanced trends
The speed at which trends display and are deleted has greatly increased
because of a new trend database structure.
IMPORTANT! You must convert your current trends using either of the following
methods:
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
•
Before upgrading, by using the new Trend Conversion Utility (strongly
recommended for large trend databases)
•
As part of the upgrade process in SiteBuilder's upgrade wizard
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
3
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
What's new in v6.5
Feature
Improvement
Display gap in trend graph line
(page 222)
To show a gap in a trend graph line if trend data is missing, you can check
Display gap in graph line for missing data on an individual trend graph page, or
you can go to the System Settings > General tab to set this for all future trend
graphs.
Security enhancements
•
Apache Tomcat web server has been upgraded to v7.0.61.
•
The i-Vu® Pro application has been upgraded to Java 8 update 51.
•
The i-Vu® Pro v6.5 application includes SHA-2 certificate support.
New FDD Alarm Categories
Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) logic analyzes the performance of
mechanical equipment to detect problems and pinpoint the most likely cause
of the problem. When FDD is performed in a control program, you can now use
three new FDD alarm categories. The new categories and their icons that will
appear on the Alarms page are:
FDD Maintenance
FDD Critical
FDD General
Carrier® ChillerVu™
You no longer have to add and configure the Carrier® ChillerVu™ in SiteBuilder.
You can discover it as an Open device and can also configure it as a CCN
Gateway or Bridge.
New features for handling
parameter mismatches (page
35)
Any parameter mismatch now appears on the Properties page with a purple
box around it and hover text to help determine what action needs to take place.
If a change was made in the controller, the Properties page now shows the
controller value.
The i-Vu® Pro application determines where a change occurred, what action
needs to take place, and provides a new Resolve button that you can click to
have any mismatches automatically handled. Clicking the Details button shows
an additional Resolve column that indicates whether a mismatch will be
resolved through upload or download. This same Resolve column has also
been added to the Parameter Mismatch report.
On the Devices > Manage tab for the router, the driver now appears so that you
can choose to solve parameter mismatches in the driver, the control
program(s), or both.
Downloading after reloading a
control program
If you change only a control program's parameters in the Snap application and
then reload the control program, the controller will be marked for an Only
Parameters download instead of an All Content download.
Exception: Changing a reference name still requires an All Content download.
Logic pages (page 27)
A live Logic page is now available for the Installer role to view custom control
programs. Select the control program in the navigation tree and then select the
Logic page.
BACnet Objects tab on
Properties page (page 192)
The BACnet Points tab has been renamed BACnet Objects and now includes
information specific to Display microblocks if they are included in the control
program.
New i-Vu® Pro 16 edition for
limited controllers
•
New license available for a small VAV or VVT system that requires a serverbased installation (Part #CIV-OPNPR16)
•
Maximum 16 controllers
•
Lower cost
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
4
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
What's new in v6.5
Feature
Improvement
Multiple CCN Gateways (page
172)
•
New license available to accommodate multiple CCN Gateways in one iVu® Pro system (Part #CIV-OPN-MCCN)
•
Recommended maximum of 50 CCN Gateways in one system
•
Sites for each Gateway, set up in SiteBuilder, show in the Installer
navigation tree.
•
The sites have the following icons:
Easier CCN setup (page 171)
•
BACnet
•
CCN
•
You can import a clipping or clippings for multiple CCN Gateways
•
CCN Setup page is at the site level and not the system level for multi-CCN.
•
If using a NAT router, the NAT address and port for the Server and Gateway
are displayed on both the Device's Driver Properties page and the CCN
Setup tab.
•
You can scan for devices on multiple sites at the same time after starting
each scan one at a time.
Devices > CCN Setup tab
On the CCN Setup tab, for servers with multiple NICs, you can edit the Server IP
Address that the controllers will use to connect to the server, before you
connect to the CCN Gateway.
CCN Discovery (page 170) tab
Devices > CCN Discovery tab
•
The previous CCN > Devices page is now the Devices page > CCN Discovery
tab
•
Once you start scanning for your devices, you can leave the page and the
process continues
NOTE You must use Network Service Tool to change CCN addresses.
Optimize download (page 201) •
NAT communications for CCN
The default for Optimize download for Open PIC controllers is now off
(unchecked), which results in Full Source download, unless you check this
option on the System Settings > General tab > Download section.
•
If you have multiple sites, you can set each site's optimize options
separately.
•
The NAT address displays on the device's Properties page.
•
The NAT address and port for the server and Gateway are on the Devices >
CCN Setup tab, if configured in SiteBuilder.
Control program's
Object Instance number
A control program's Object Instance number is now editable in the i-Vu® Pro
interface. Right-click the control program, and then select Configure. Click
next to the field for additional information.
Interface Changes
An increased focus on the i-Vu® Pro product brand resulted in relocation of
logos within the i-Vu® Pro interface and a new System Menu icon
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
5
.
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
What's new in v6.5
What's new in the SiteBuilder application
Feature
Improvement
New in v6.5:
Multiple CCN Gateway license
This new license allows:
•
Recommended maximum of 50 CCN sites
•
Up to 140 devices for each site
•
Importing a clipping or clippings for CCN sites
NOTES
•
Each site must have one Gateway only
•
All sites must be on the same BACnet/IP network
CCN communications through
a NAT router
There is a new field on the Advanced tab of the System properties dialog box to
enter a NAT port used for CCN communications.
CCN icon
New icon for CCN networks
Security enhancement
When you create a new system, you are now required to enter a Login name
and Password for the Administrator operator.
If you upgrade to v6.5, you do not have to define these for the Administrator
operator, but we recommend that you do to increase the security of your
system.
SQL Server® Express
database
If your system uses an SQL Server® Express database running on a 32-bit iVu® Pro server, you must perform a procedure before upgrading the system to
v6.5. See the i-Vu® Pro Installation Guide for details.
Supported database types
SiteBuilder no longer supports Access® and MSDE database types. If a system
uses one of these, you must migrate to a different database type in the current
version of i-Vu® Pro before upgrading to v6.5.
Trend conversion
v6.5 has a new trends database structure. You must use one of the following
methods to convert your current trends:
•
As part of the upgrade process in SiteBuilder's upgrade wizard, or
•
Before upgrading using the new Trend Conversion Utility (highly
recommended for large trend databases)
NOTE You must use SiteBuilder's upgrade wizard for Derby and SQL Server
Express databases.
SSL
On the Configure > Preferences > Web Server tab, the term "SSL" in field
names and options has been changed to "HTTPS".
Support for i-Vu® XT router
SiteBuilder has new options to support the upcoming i-Vu® XT router.
Updates
The Help > Apply Update menu now lets you update all drivers, graphic
libraries, and Help in addition to patches and service packs.
Help
You no longer have to specify a web browser to view Help. Help now opens in
your default browser.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
6
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
What's new in v6.5
What's new in the Snap application
NOTE To edit a v5.1 ApplicationBuilder or Snap equipment file, you must first save it as a v6.5 file.
For ApplicationBuilder files, open EquipmentBuilder v6.5 and either recreate the control program or browse to the
equipment file to open it and then save it.
For a Snap v5.1 equipment file, open it in v6.5 and save it.
Feature
Improvement
New in v6.5 cumulative patch
#6:
New and revised features to
allow a UPC Open to support ZS
Sensors or an Equipment Touch
New Carrier microblocks:
Carrier Schedule with TLO and Override Status microblock
Carrier Setpoint microblock
Microblocks revised to add Rnet functionality:
Carrier Binary Point
Carrier Analog Point
New in v6.5:
Find/Replace
The feature that you previously used to find a microblock, label, or text can
now be used to find and replace text in Property Editor text fields.
Display microblocks
Snap now includes Display microblocks for some control program types.
Support for new wireless
sensors
The Network I/O microblock family has a new BACnet Binary Sensed Value
Input (BSVI) microblock.
The following new Rnet tags identify system values in wireless sensors:
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Rnet tag
In this microblock
005 - Signal Strength %
006 - Battery Strength %
007 - Lux
118 - Sensed Occupancy
119 - Contact Sensor
ASVI
ASVI
ASVI
BSVI
BSVI
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
7
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
What's new in v6.5
What's new in the Field Assistant application
Feature
Improvement
New in v6.5:
Web browser support
Supported database type
The i-Vu® Pro application:
•
No longer supports IE8, IE9, or IE10.
•
Now supports the Microsoft® Edge web browser.
i-Vu® Pro uses an Apache Derby database and no longer supports an
Access® database type. If you have an Access database from a previous iVu® Pro version that you want to use in v6.5, you will have to convert the
database to Derby first.
You must use the upgrade tool on the Tech Tools v6.5 Installation DVD to
convert Access databases from previous Field Assistant version. See
Converting Access databases to Derby.
Optimize download (page 201)
The default for Optimize download for Open PIC controllers is now off
(unchecked), which results in Full Source download, unless you check it to
enable optimizing.
New features for handling
parameter mismatches (page
35)
Any parameter mismatch now appears on the Properties page with a purple
box around it and hover text to help determine what action needs to take
place. If a change was made in the controller, the Properties page now shows
the controller value.
The i-Vu® Pro application determines where a change occurred, what action
needs to take place, and provides a new Resolve button that you can click to
have any mismatches automatically handled. Clicking the Details button
shows an additional Resolve column that indicates whether a mismatch will
be resolved through upload or download. This same Resolve column has also
been added to the Parameter Mismatch report.
On the Devices > Manage tab for the router, the driver now appears so that
you can choose to solve parameter mismatches in the driver, the control
program(s), or both.
Security enhancements
•
Apache Tomcat web server has been upgraded to v7.0.61.
•
The i-Vu® Pro application has been upgraded to Java 8 update 51.
Display gap in trend graph line
(page 222)
To show a gap in a trend graph line if trend data is missing, you can check
Display gap in graph line for missing data on an individual trend graph page.
BACnet Firewall
The v6-02 drivers for Carrier controllers with Ethernet capability have a new
BACnet firewall feature that allows you to restrict communication with the
controller to all private IP addresses and/or to a whitelist of IP addresses that
you define. To set this up, right-click the controller in the navigation tree,
select Driver Properties and then BACnet Firewall. Follow the instructions in
the interface.
BACnet Objects tab on
Properties page (page 192)
The BACnet Points tab has been renamed BACnet Objects and now includes
information specific to Display microblocks if they are included in the control
program.
Carrier® ChillerVu™
You can find and upload the Carrier® ChillerVu™ (OPN-PSM-MPCXPE) as an
Open device if it is on a BACnet over MS/TP or BACnet over ARC156 network.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
8
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
What's new in v6.5
What's new in the ViewBuilder application
Feature
Improvement
New in v6.5:
New Linear and Angular Gauge
controls
You can now quickly and easily create and configure a linear or angular
Gauge.
System Touch screens
You can create a custom interface for the System Touch, an interactive device
that can act as a front-end interface to controllers on a BACnet network.
Layers
You can now create a graphic in layers. This allows you to turn off or lock a
layer in ViewBuilder to simplify the workspace. You can also show or hide a
layer's objects in i-Vu® Pro based on a single microblock's value.
Table fill color and border style
You can define a fill color for the entire table, and a style (squared or rounded)
for the table border.
Local variables
You can use variables in conditional expressions to make various controls
react to user interaction in i-Vu® Pro. You can also use local variables to test
your graphic.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
9
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Running i-Vu® Pro Server
The i-Vu Pro Server application communicates with the system's controllers and accesses and maintains the
system database. You view and edit the system in client web browsers. i-Vu Pro Server must be running for an
operator to log in from a web browser.
The application's Current Users, Connections, and Output tabs let you monitor the status of the system. Output
information is continually archived to i-Vu_Pro_x.x\logs\< date >\core.txt.
To start the i-Vu® Pro system
1
Click Start > All Programs > i-Vu_Pro_ x.x > i-Vu Pro Server.
TIP If you run the i-Vu Pro Server application as a Windows® service, your computer can automatically
start the application every time the computer starts. See "Running i-Vu Pro Server as a Windows service
(page 238)" in i-Vu® Pro Help.
2
Open a web browser on one or more client computers.
3
Verify that your web browser is set up to display the i-Vu® Pro interface. See "Setting up i-Vu® Pro client
devices and web browsers (page 209)" in i-Vu® Pro Help.
4
Type the i-Vu® Pro server's address in the web browser's address field.
NOTE You can type http://localhost if i-Vu Pro Server and the web browser are running on the same
computer.
5
Enter a Name and Password.
To send a message to logged in operators
Messages are delivered immediately to i-Vu® Pro client web browsers. You can send multiple messages, but the
operator must click Ok for the first message before the next message can be delivered. If the web browser window
is minimized, the message is not visible.
1
On the i-Vu Pro Server application's Current Users tab, click
to. Or, click Notify All Users.
2
Type a message.
3
Click OK.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
10
beside the user you want to send a message
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To log off an operator
From the i-Vu Pro Server application
NOTE The operator will be logged off without warning.
1
On the i-Vu Pro Server Current Users tab, right-click the operator, then select Log Off User.
2
Click Yes.
From the i-Vu® Pro interface
NOTE The operator will be logged off without warning.
1
In the i-Vu® Pro interface, press Ctrl+M.
2
Type whoson in the manual command field.
3
Obtain the ID number of the operator you want to log off.
4
Press Ctrl+M.
5
Type logoffuser x (where x is the ID number).
6
Click OK.
To shut down a system
1
In the i-Vu Pro Server application, select Server > Shut Down.
2
Optional: Select a delay option, then edit the Notification message.
3
Click Shut Down.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
11
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Getting to know the interface
Computer and large-screen mobile interface
Small-screen mobile interface
Most of the i-Vu® Pro interface is the same on small-screen mobile devices except for the differences shown
below.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
12
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
•
When you click
•
Help and Print are in the
to hide the tree, the button changes to
.
menu.
NOTES
•
After you log in, you will see the page defined as your starting location on the My Settings page. To change
your opening page, see To change My Settings (page 221).
•
Roles/privileges control what an operator can see or do in the i-Vu® Pro system. If you cannot see or do
something that you read about in Help, ask your System Administrator to check your role/privileges.
•
Use only the i-Vu® Pro interface to navigate; do not use the web browser’s navigation buttons.
•
Click on any tab to refresh the page.
Navigation trees
User tree
This tree lets you navigate through the i-Vu® Pro interface using the system's geographic layout. You set this up on
the Installer tab under Arrange User View.
Installer Tree
This tree lets users with the appropriate privileges navigate through the i-Vu® Pro interface using the system's
network layout.
Schedule Groups tree
On this tree, you can create groups that can consist of areas, equipment, or other groups. You can then assign a
schedule to the entire group instead of the individual items. See To apply a schedule to a group of items (page
47).
System Options tree
Click
> System Options (page 221) for the setup and maintenance of your system. Most of the items on this
tree are used for the setup and maintenance of your system.
My Settings
Lets you change settings that are specific to you such as your password, viewing
preferences and contact information. See To change My Settings (page 221).
System Settings
Contains the system-wide settings that control the way the i-Vu® Pro system runs.
See System Settings (page 222).
Operators
Privilege Sets
Operator Groups
Lets your system administrator define operators and what they can see and do in
the i-Vu® Pro interface. See Operator access (page 101).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
13
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Categories
Lets you define categories for schedules, alarms, graphics (page 23), properties,
trends (page 58), and reports (page 100). Categories allow you to view or control
groups of similar items.
Connections
Lets you set up, start/stop, and troubleshoot your network connections. See
Setting up networks (page 127).
Services
Shows internal processes of the i-Vu® Pro application for troubleshooting.
License Administration
Lets you update your i-Vu® Pro license.
Update
Click Update to select and apply patch, service packs, drivers, language packs,
graphics libraries, and Help updates.
Client Installs
Lets you install applications that are to run on client computers.
Navigating the system
To navigate in the i-Vu® Pro interface:
1
Select the item you want in the navigation tree.
2
Select the action buttons and their drop-down menus.
3
Use the tabs to filter the information further.
4
Click links on Graphics and Properties pages to jump to related pages and open microblock popups.
NOTE Use only the i-Vu® Pro interface to navigate; do not use the browser’s navigation buttons.
5
Click on any tab to refresh the page.
To show, hide, or resize the navigation tree
On a computer or large screen mobile device
Click
at the top of the navigation tree to hide or show the tree.
Click and drag the tab on the right side of the tree to adjust its width.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
14
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
In the Installer view, click and drag the tab at the top of Arrange User View to adjust the height of the window.
On a small-screen mobile device
Touch
at the top of the navigation tree to hide the tree. Touch
to show it.
Double-tap the arrow on the right side of the tree to widen the tree. Double-tap again to return to the original size.
Zooming in and out
On a computer
•
•
To zoom in and out on the i-Vu® Pro interface:
○
Hold down Ctrl and press + or -. Press Ctrl+0 to return to 100%.
○
Hold down Ctrl while rolling your mouse wheel.
○
Use your web browser's zoom functions.
If a graphic does not fit in the action pane, right-click it and select Scale to Fit to make it fit the action pane.
Select Scale to Fit again to return the graphic to its original size.
On a mobile device
Apple® iPad and iPhone
•
Double-tap to zoom in/out.
Microsoft® SurfaceTM
•
Pinch-zoom works on individual frames, instead of the whole screen. So, you can zoom and scroll the
navigation pane and action pane separately.
•
If browser text is too small, use Ctrl + to increase Internet Explorer's zoom level, then reload the page.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
15
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
GoogleTM NexusTM and Nexus Lumia
•
Pinch-zoom to zoom in/out.
Using right-click menus
On a computer
You can right-click the following items to select options:
A tree item
The action pane
A property
A trend
On a mobile device
To access the right-click menu for:
•
•
A tree item–Select the item first, then touch and hold the item for several seconds.
The action pane–Touch and hold the item for several seconds.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
16
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To print the action pane
On a computer
Click
at the top of the page to print the contents of the action pane. Set the print orientation to Landscape
in the Print dialog box.
TIPS
•
To print a Graphics page that exceeds the size of the action pane, right-click the graphic and select Scale to
Fit.
•
If you do not want to print the black background, in your browser's Internet Options dialog box, disable
background printing.
On a mobile device
Touch
and then select Print.
Colors and status in the i-Vu® Pro interface
The following colors indicate equipment status the i-Vu® Pro interface. These colors are visible on graphic pages
and in the setpoint graphs.
Color
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Color Name
Status Code
Condition Indicated
Mustard
none
In equipment when running i-Vu Pro Design Server
Purple
0 or 15
In a controller—non-operational or no communications
In equipment—a hardware or software error
Charcoal
14
In a controller—a download is required or is already in
progress
In equipment—a controller has stopped
Coral
13
Control program error
Red
2 or 9
Heating or cooling alarm
Orange
8
Maximum cooling
Dark blue
3
Maximum heating
Yellow
7
Moderate cooling
Light blue
4
Moderate heating
Grey
1
Unoccupied/inactive
White
10
Occupied/active
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
17
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Color
Color Name
Status Code
Condition Indicated
Light green
6
Free cooling
Green
5
In a controller—operational or operational read only
In equipment—No heating or cooling
Colors and setpoints
Thermographic colors indicate how much a zone’s actual temperature differs from its setpoints.
Five conditions may affect a zone’s thermographic color:
•
Setpoint adjust
•
Timed local override (TLO)
•
Optimal start
•
Demand level
•
Hysteresis
In the examples below, a zone’s heating occupied setpoint is 70° and its cooling occupied setpoint is 74°.
If you
normally
see...
when the zone
temp is...
but...
then you will
see...
green
72.5°
someone adjusts the setpoints (for example, with a setpoint
adjust of two degrees, the new setpoints would be 68 and
72°)
yellow
gray
73°
(unoccupied)
someone presses the Override button on a zone sensor to
use the occupied setpoints
green
gray
77°
(unoccupied)
the zone is in optimal start and is ramping up to its
occupied setpoint in the few hours before occupancy
an occupied
color
yellow
75°
the zone’s electric meter is in demand level 2 with relaxed
setpoints of 68 and 76°
green
green
73.5°
cooling began when the temperature rose above 74° and
the temperature has not yet dropped beyond the 1°
hysteresis (to 73°)
yellow
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
18
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Working with equipment in the interface
You can view and adjust equipment operation from the following pages:
Devices pages
Select the system level on the navigation tree to
view the Devices page, where you can:
•
Upload source files or just parameters
•
Download source files, schedules, parameters,
or BBMD tables
•
Check status and error messages
•
View model, IP address, drivers, device ID
•
Edit device names
Graphics pages (page 20)
You can view and adjust your essential building
controls on most Graphics pages.
Equipment drawings show the current status of
mechanical equipment.
Adjust setpoints (page 37) on a Graphics page.
To upload a graphic from ViewBuilder, double-click
the controller in the navigation tree or right-click and
select Configure.
Logic pages (page 27)
Logic pages show the control program for a piece of
equipment. Use the sequence of control and yellow
status values on the Logic pages for troubleshooting
your mechanical equipment.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
19
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Properties pages (page 25)
You can monitor and control point sources.
1
Select the equipment in the navigation tree.
2
Click Properties page > Control Program tab.
3
Expand the plus sign next to the desired table.
Properties/Microblock popups
Click a property or point to open the microblock
popup to view and change details, including forcing
or locking values.
Graphics pages
You can view and adjust your system from Graphics pages, which include navigation maps, floor plans, and
equipment.
Some typical controls that may appear on a graphics page are:
•
Button or switch to turn equipment on or off
•
Input field to set a property value
•
Drop-down list to select a state
•
Interactive zone sensor to override an unoccupied schedule
•
Setpoint graph to adjust setpoints
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
20
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
•
Trend graph to view trend information
•
Link to jump to another i-Vu® Pro page or to the Internet
NOTES
•
Right-click a value, then select Details to view and change properties in the microblock pop-up.
•
Right-click a value, then select Global Modify (page 29) to view and change the property in other control
programs.
•
A yellow dashed box around a value indicates the value is locked or forced.
•
If a graphic does not fit in the action pane, right-click it and select Scale to Fit to make it fit the action pane.
Select Scale to Fit again to return the graphic to its original size.
To attach a graphic in the i-Vu® Pro interface
1
On the navigation tree, right-click the item that you want to attach a graphic to, then select Configure.
2
Equipment graphic only: If the system has other control programs of this type, select which control programs
you want to change.
NOTES
3
○
If the control program is in an IP router, the second option will change the graphic for all control
programs of this type only on the IP network.
○
If the control program is on the network below an IP router, the second option will not change the graphic
for the router's control programs of this type.
Do one of the following:
If the graphic is...
In the Views Available list
a. Select the graphic, then click Attach.
b. Click Accept.
Not in the Views Available list
a. Click Add New.
b. Browse to select the view file.
c. Click Open.
d. Click Continue.
e. Click Close.
f. Click Close again.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
21
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
NOTES
•
Select a graphic in the Attached list to edit the following information for the graphic:
•
•
Display Name–The name that appears in the Graphics button drop-down list
Category–The name of the category that multiple graphics may be sorted into in the Graphics button
drop-down list
NOTE Changes to Display Name or Category apply only in the i-Vu® Pro interface and are not retained if
you export source files (page 200).
•
•
Reference Name–The name that is used to create links to the graphic in ViewBuilder
Default View–Sets the selected graphic as the default view if the tree item has multiple graphics. The
default graphic is bolded in the Attached list.
Included in download–Equipment graphics only. Select to have the .view file included in an All Content
download so that it can be uploaded by Field Assistant. The graphic will have
Attached list. Requires 4.x or later drivers.
•
beside it in the
You can click Delete Unused at the bottom of the Views section to delete all unattached graphic files from
your system.
To edit a graphic from the i-Vu® Pro application in ViewBuilder
1
In the i-Vu® Pro interface, double-click the controller in the navigation tree or right-click and select Configure.
2
Select appropriate options.
3
Click Edit Existing button under Views.
4
Click Save and place the file in an appropriate folder.
5
Open ViewBuilder.
6
Select File > Open. Browse to your saved graphic and click to open.
7
Edit and save with a new name - the original system name is locked and cannot be used for an edited
graphic.
NOTE Names are case sensitive and should not have spaces and/or special characters.
To edit a graphic on an i-Vu® Pro client
On an i-Vu® Pro client, you can get a copy of a graphic from the server, edit it, then put it back on the server.
To get the graphic
1
On the i-Vu® Pro naviagtion tree, right-click the item that the graphic is attached to, then select Configure.
2
At the bottom of the Views section, click Edit Existing.
3
Select the graphic you want to edit.
4
Click Save
5
Browse to the folder you want to put the file in.
6
Click Save.
7
Click Close.
8
Click Close again.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
22
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To put the edited graphic back on the server
1
On the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, right-click the item that the graphic is attached to, then select Configure.
2
At the bottom of the Views section, click Add New.
3
Browse to select the .view file.
4
Click Open.
5
Click Continue.
6
Click Close.
7
Click Close again.
To organize multiple graphics for a tree item
In the i-Vu® Pro interface, you can create categories and assign graphics to them so that the Graphics button
drop-down menu has the graphics arranged by category. This is typically done in ViewBuilder or SiteBuilder. See
"To define i-Vu® Pro navigation" in ViewBuilder Help and "To attach graphic files" in SiteBuilder Help.
To add a Graphics category in the i-Vu® Pro interface
1
On the System Options tree, click
to the left of the Categories folder, then select Graphic.
2
Click Add.
3
Type the Category Name and Reference Name.
4
Optional: Select a privilege so that only operators with that privilege can access graphics in the category.
5
Click Accept.
NOTES
•
•
To edit a category, select the category, make your changes, then click Accept.
To delete a category, select the category, click Delete, then click Accept.
To assign a graphic to a category in the i-Vu® Pro interface
1
On the navigation tree, right-click the item that the graphic is attached to, then select Configure.
2
Under Views, select the graphic in the Attached list.
3
Select the category in the Category field.
4
Click Accept.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
23
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To control equipment using an interactive zone sensor
An equipment graphic may include an interactive zone sensor that provides you with the following control.
If the sensor is a...
ZS
SPT Standard, Plus, or Pro
SPT Pro-Plus
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
You can...
•
Click
•
Click
to override the schedule and put the zone in an occupied state.
To cancel an override, continue clicking until the display shows 0.
•
See that the zone is in an occupied state when the green LED is lit.
•
Click the WARMER or COOLER button to adjust the setpoint.
•
Click the MANUAL button to override the schedule and put the zone in an
occupied state.
•
Click the INFO button to cycle through the following information:
to raise the setpoint or
to lower the setpoint.
•
Outside air temperature, if enabled in the control program
•
Override time remaining
•
Heating setpoint
•
Cooling setpoint
•
See the Occupied/Unoccupied state in the display.
•
Click the WARMER or COOLER button to adjust the setpoint.
•
Click the MANUAL button to override the schedule and put the zone in an
occupied state.
•
Click the INFO button to cycle through information such as:
•
Outside air temperature
•
Override time remaining
•
Heating setpoint
•
Cooling setpoint
•
Click the FAN button to adjust the fan speed.
•
Click the MODE button to perform customer-specific functions.
•
See the Occupied/Unoccupied state in the display.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
24
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Properties pages
Properties pages are automatically generated from control programs. Properties pages show the status of a piece
of equipment and the points/properties currently stored in it. See Checkout input and output, alarms, trends, and
network points (page 192) for details.
Use Properties pages to:
•
View the status of a piece of equipment. See Colors and status in the i-Vu® Pro interface (page 17).
•
View or change the equipment point/properties currently stored in the controller.
•
Commission equipment (page 192)
•
Set up Linkage.
Refer to your individual controller's Installation and Start-up Guide for detailed explanations of the
points/properties.
To view or edit properties on a Properties page
1
Select a controller on the navigation tree, click Properties, and then select the appropriate tab.
NOTE You must resolve any condition described in red text at the top of the page before a Properties page
can obtain current information from its controller.
2
Click
3
Do one of the following to change a property:
4
to show property details.
○
Select or clear a checkbox
○
Select an item on a drop-down list
○
Change text in a text field
Click Accept.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
25
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
NOTES
•
Click the bold, underlined point name to open the editable microblock pop-up
•
Right-click a value, then select Details to view and change properties in the microblock pop-up.
•
Right-click a value, then select Global Modify (page 29) to view and change the property in other control
programs.
•
Use Search/Replace on the Network Points tab to replace a term in the point address with another address.
•
For the legend of status colors, see Colors and status in the i-Vu® Pro interface (page 17).
•
A yellow dashed box around a value indicates the value is locked or forced.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
26
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Logic pages
The Logic page shows a custom control program for a programmable controller. The live data (yellow text) is
updated every few seconds and when you click the Logic button. The control program uses exact property values
for its calculations, but values are rounded to 2 decimal places when displayed on the Logic page.
TIP Click anywhere on the Logic page, then use your keyboard's Page Up, Page Down, and arrow keys to scroll
through the page.
NOTE If you find an unexpected value on a Properties page or a Logic page, you can use the Logic page to
troubleshoot.
To view a Logic page
1
Select a custom control program on the navigation tree.
2
Click Logic.
3
Click a microblock to view its details.
To locate a microblock, section, or label
1
Right-click the Logic page, then select Jump To.
2
Do one of the following:
○
On the Microblock or Section tab, select an item to have it located and highlighted.
○
On the Label tab, select a label to display a reduced logic page outlined in yellow that shows all
instances of the label. A red box indicates an output label; a yellow box indicates an input label. Click a
red or yellow box to jump to that label in the full-size logic page.
NOTE You can also click a label on the full-size logic page to display the reduced logic page.
To change properties, alarms, or trends
1
Click a microblock on the equipment’s Logic page.
2
In the microblock pop-up, click the Properties, Alarms, or Trends button.
3
Change properties, alarms, or trends for that microblock in the same way that you would make changes on a
regular Properties (page 25), Alarms (page 83), or Trends (page 54) page.
4
Click Accept.
NOTE Right-click a value, then select Global Modify (page 29) to view and change the property in other control
programs.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
27
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Using a Logic page to troubleshoot
The i-Vu® Pro application monitors your system and provides feedback. If you get unexpected feedback, you can
use a Logic page as a troubleshooting tool. On the Logic page, work your way backward (right to left) through the
sequence in the control program to discover what caused the problem. See Microblock Reference to understand
what each microblock in the sequence is doing.
Unexpected feedback
Possible cause
Space temperature reads
excessively high or low
•
The sensor has a short (or open) circuit. Verify wires are properly
connected at the sensor and controller.
•
A sensor is missing or configured incorrectly. Open the sensor or input
microblock from the Logic page to verify its configuration.
Equipment displays an unexpected
color - effective setpoints are
different than the programmed
setpoints
Gaps in trend data on trend graph
NOTE Equipment operates using effective setpoints. Open the Setpoint
microblock from the Logic page and check the following:
•
Hysteresis
•
Demand Level
•
Optimal Start
•
Timed Local Override (TLO)
•
Setpoint Adjust
Usually gaps result if network communication was disrupted or a point was
temporarily disabled.
If the gap is not the result of interrupted communication, send reports
more frequently. From the Logic page, open the trend microblock that
displayed the gap in data, then decrease the notification threshold so that
it is approximately 40% of the buffer size (allocated memory size) for that
microblock.
The i-Vu® Pro application is not
receiving alarms from a BACnet
alarm microblock
Locate the microblock on the Logic page. If the color square on the
microblock is black, the alarm is disabled. To enable it:
1
Click the microblock.
2
In the microblock pop-up, click the Alarms button.
3
On the Enable/Disable tab, select Potential alarm source.
The equipment is on when I expect
it to be off, or off when I expect it to
be on
Use the Logic page to determine whether the program is sending an
unexpected signal and why, or if the problem is with the physical
equipment. For example, the On-Off-Auto (OOA) switch on the controller for
that equipment may be locked in the On (Hand) position.
Sensor value on the Properties
page does not match the reading
from handheld sensor
Calibrate the sensor.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
On the Logic page, check to see if the output point is locked on.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
28
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Changing multiple microblock properties
Two i-Vu® Pro features, Global Modify and Global Copy, allow you to view and change multiple microblock
properties at the same time.
CAUTION Global Modify and Global Copy are convenient for making widespread changes in your system.
But, because they do not take into account the operation of individual equipment, your changes could produce
undesired results in your equipment or system operation. Use with caution because these features do not have an
Undo function.
TIP Click
application.
to copy a microblock's reference path to the clipboard so you can paste it into another field or
To use Global Modify
Use the Global Modify feature to:
•
View a microblock’s full path, control program name, and the privileges required to change its properties.
•
View or change a single property in several control programs at one time.
•
View errors on Graphics and Properties pages.
1
Browse to any page that displays the property you want to view or change.
2
Do one of the following to open Global Modify:
3
○
Alt+click the property.
○
Right-click the property and select Global Modify.
Make changes to the Control Program field, if needed.
NOTES
○
Use wildcards in the Control Program field to broaden the search.
For example:
vav* matches vav, vav1, vavx, vav12345
vav*z matches vavz, vav1z, vavxz, vav12345z
vav*1*2 matches vav12, vavabc1xyz2
vav?? matches vav11, vav12, vavzz, but does not match vav, vav1, vav123
* matches any control program
○
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Click Show Advanced to view the location, value, and privileges associated with this property.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
29
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
4
Select the tree item that you want to search under for every occurrence of that microblock in other control
programs.
5
Click Find All.
6
Select the properties in the list that you want to change.
7
Do one of the following:
a)
Type a New Value to the right of each selected item.
b)
Select Enable All, type a new value in b, then click Set All To.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
30
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
c)
8
Select Enable All, type a new value in c, then click Change All By.
Click Apply Changes.
NOTE To modify several properties in multiple control programs at the same time, use Global Copy.
To use Global Copy
Use Global Copy to copy any or all of the following from one control program to other equipment using the same
control program:
•
•
•
•
Embedded trend graph settings
Custom trend graphs
Custom reports
Other editable properties to other pieces of equipment using the same control program.
1
On the navigation tree, right-click the piece of equipment that has the properties you want to copy, then
select Copy Control Program Properties.
2
Click OK when you see This will copy this control programs properties to other control programs of the same
type. Continue?. This opens the next screen and does not lock in any changes.
3
In the Global Copy dialog box, select the items that you want to copy.
4
Select the area on the tree containing similar control programs that you may want to copy these properties to,
then click Search.
All instances at that level and below are listed in the expanded lower window.
5
Check or uncheck items as needed.
6
Do one of the following:
7
○
Check Skip bad values to copy all values except a bad value (it cannot be copied because you do not
have the necessary privilege, the property to be copied is undefined, etc.).
○
Uncheck this field to prevent any values from being copied if a bad value is found.
Click Apply Changes, then close the Global Copy dialog box.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
31
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Checking controller status
On the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, you can select a router, site, or the system, and then click the Devices button to:
•
View the status of controllers (page 32)
•
View controller information such as address, model, driver, and .view files included in download
•
Download or upload to resolve a mismatch (page 35)
•
Troubleshoot network communication (page 143)
•
Download or upload files for Field Assistant (page 199)
NOTES
•
Use Ctrl+click, Shift+click, or the Select All checkbox to select multiple controllers.
•
•
Click Hold to stop pending
downloads or uploads. Active downloads
Icons in the Tasks column indicate the following:
or uploads
cannot be stopped.
Active—The i-Vu® Pro application is downloading to the controller.
Active—The i-Vu® Pro application is uploading from the controller.
Pending—You initiated the download, and the controller is waiting for its turn to download.
Failed—The download failed. See If a controller fails to download (page 204).
On Hold—Indicates you clicked Hold to stop a pending
•
download.
Click
in the upper left-hand corner to view a log of activity on the Devices page in the current session.
Copy to Clipboard lets you copy the text to paste it into another application.
Status messages
On the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, you can select a router, site, or the system, and select the Devices page to view
the status of controllers. The Status column shows a description of the controller's current state. Hold your cursor
over that description to see hover text with a more detailed description.
If multiple conditions exist, the i-Vu® Pro interface displays the message with the highest priority.
The table below shows all possible messages. The message color indicates the following:
Black—In process
Red—An error occurred
Blue—Requires action from the user
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
32
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
i-Vu® Open routers/controllers
Status column message
Hover text message
Notes
Black messages:
Downloading
The controller is downloading,
communications may be disabled
Uploading
The controller is uploading,
communications may be disabled
Pending
This controller is waiting to be processed.
Processing Clipping
Clipping operation in progress. Do not
make changes during this operation, as
they may corrupt your system.
Red messages:
Communications Error
Cannot communicate with this controller.
Connection Disabled
The connection for this controller has been Occurs if someone stopped the
disabled.
connection.
Connection Error
The connection for this controller failed to
start.
Occurs if the connection is misconstrues
or failed to start.
Controller offline
The controller is offline.
This only appears for equipment
controlling slave devices that it is
unable to communicate with.
Download Failed
(Message depends on the cause of the
failure.)
Download Not Permitted
This controller is not permitted to
download.
Error
An unknown error has occurred.
Missing Files
Upload failed. Server is missing the source
files.
Not Uploadable
This controller is not configured for
content upload.
Out of Service
This controller is out of service.
Unsupported Controller
This controller does not support content
upload.
Upload Not Permitted
This controller is not permitted to upload.
USB Unplugged
Cannot communicate with the controller
because the USB cable is unplugged.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
33
Occurs if you attempt to upload a
controller with a pre-4.x driver.
Applies only to the i-Vu® Standard and
Plus applications.
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Status column message
Hover text message
Notes
Controller Replaced
This controller has been replaced by
another controller of the same type in the
field.
4.x driver only
Download All Content
Please download all content to the
controller.
Download Parameters
To download parameters, highlight row
and select Parameters from the Download
Action menu and click Download.
Download Schedule
To download schedules, highlight row and
select Schedules from the Download
Action menu and click Download.
Driver Parameter
Mismatch
Driver parameter differences detected.
Upload parameters from the controller or
download parameters to the controller.
Network Ready for
Upload
To upload this network, select the router in
the tree and Find Devices.
Parameter Mismatch
Control program parameter differences
detected. Upload parameters from the
controller or download parameters to the
controller.
Program Mismatch
Content differences detected. Upload all
content from the controller or download all
content to the controller.
Unprogrammed
Controller
Applies only to a programmable controller To add control programs, click Add
that does not have any control programs in Control Program.
it.
Upload All Content
Please upload all content from the
controller.
Blue messages:
4.x driver only
General messages:
This controller is ok.
Cancelled
The last operation on this controller was
cancelled
CCN controllers/equipment
Status column message
Hover text message
Notes
<blank>
This is a known control program from a
previous discovery, but communications
with it has not been attempted since the
user logged in.
Successful rescan.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
34
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Downloading
Downloading changes. Communications
will resume shortly.
New Control Program
A new controller was found at the scanned
address and added to the system.
New Version Applied
This controller's program or views have
been updated with a newer version.
Red messages:
Communications Error
Cannot communicate with this controller.
Download Failed
<The message is specific to the failure.>
USB Unplugged
Cannot communicate with the controller
because the USB cable is unplugged.
Applies only to the i-Vu® Standard and
Plus applications.
Blue messages
Classification Mismatch
The controller at this address was
previously a Bridge routing to other
controllers.
Download All Content
Please download all content to the
controller.
Model Mismatch
The controller at this address is the wrong
model.
Rescan Required
A configuration change was made to this
control program therefore a rescan is
required to get the correct graphic and
control logic components.
Handling parameter mismatches
A parameter mismatch occurs when a value in a controller does not match the value in the system database. This
can be a driver or control program value.
Use either of the following methods to handle mismatches in your system.
•
Method 1: Check Always resolve parameters on mismatch on the System Settings > Communications tab to
have the i-Vu® Pro application automatically upload if a value was changed in the controller or automatically
download if a value was changed in the i-Vu® Pro interface.
•
Method 2: Uncheck Always resolve parameters on mismatch so that you can evaluate a mismatch to
determine the correct value.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
35
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To find mismatches in your system
If your system uses Method 2, you can find mismatches in the following places:
○
The Devices page > Manage tab > Status column will show Parameter Mismatch.
○
The Properties page for a controller, driver, control program, or point will show one of the following red
messages at the top of the page stating:
Control Program parameter differences detected.
Driver parameter differences detected.
Parameter download required.
The value that has a discrepancy will appear with a purple box around it. Hover your cursor over the field
to see:
or
○
Go to Reports > Equipment > Parameter Mismatch, and then click Run to get a report of any existing
mismatches in your system.
NOTE The Downloads page > Tasks column will show Resolve Parameters for any mismatches that your
system discovered in the 3 places listed above.
To resolve a mismatch
1
Go to one of the following:
•
•
2
Devices page - Click the Parameter Mismatch link
Properties page that shows one of the red messages above
Click one of the following:
○
Resolve to let the i-Vu® Pro application download changes made in the i-Vu® Pro interface or upload
changes made in the controller. Click the Details button to see what the discrepancy is and whether
Resolve will download or upload parameters. See NOTE below.
○
Upload to upload the parameters from the controller to the i-Vu® Pro application
○
Download to download the parameters from the i-Vu® Pro application to the controller
NOTE On the Devices page with Show Control Programs unchecked, if a controller has simultaneous
mismatches in the driver and control program, clicking Details will show that a control program mismatch
exists but it will only show details for the driver mismatch. You must go to the control program in the tree to
see details of that mismatch. However, clicking Resolve will resolve both mismatches.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
36
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Managing setpoints
The Setpoint graphic shown on a standard equipment graphic indicates the base setpoint values (Occupied
High/Low, Unoccupied High/Low). The i-Vu® Pro application reads these values back periodically, typically within
10 seconds. The timing can vary based on network traffic, the number of controllers in the database, and several
other variables. Setpoints that are changed in the field via another user interface are displayed in the i-Vu® Pro
interface as soon as they are detected.
You can, at any time, change the setpoints from i-Vu® Pro graphics by using the slider or by entering numeric
values directly. Updated setpoints are transmitted to the controller when you Accept the changes. Setpoints can
also be changed on the Properties page > Control Program tab > Space Temperature and Setpoints. or
Configuration > Setpoints.
NOTE Power and Standard operators may only edit Occupied/Unoccupied and Heating/Cooling setpoints. They
cannot edit Demand levels or more detailed setpoint parameters.
The various color bars indicate adherence to or deviation from the setpoint. You can change the current default
settings for setpoint deviation. Select a color band on the setpoint graph to see the current setpoints in the
Heating and Cooling fields. The values in this graphic are Fahrenheit. See setpoint descriptions below.
NOTE This graphic is an example only. Your setpoints may differ.
Color
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Condition
Green
Temperature is within the Occupied Low and High Setpoint
Grey
Temperature is within the Unoccupied Low and High Setpoint
Light Blue
Temperature is less than 2°F below the Occupied Low
Setpoint
Dark Blue
Temperature is more than 2°F below the effective Low
Setpoint but less than 4°F below the effective Low Setpoint
Yellow
Temperature is less than 2°F above the effective High
Setpoint
Orange
Temperature is more than 2°F above the effective High
Setpoint but less than 4°F above the effective High Setpoint
Red
Temperature is more than 4°F above or below the effective
setpoints
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
37
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Adjust setpoints
•
Programmed setpoints are set and changed by operators.
•
Effective setpoints reflect the impact of other system conditions on the programmed setpoints, such as
setpoint adjustments, and hysteresis. Effective setpoints control the equipment.
To change programmed setpoints:
1
Navigate to a setpoint control in one of the following places:
○
Properties page > Control Program tab > Configuration > Setpoints
○
The setpoint microblock pop-up on a Logic page
○
A Graphics page (Click a setpoint trend graph control to access the editable setpoint bar.)
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
38
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
2
3
Make changes on a programmed setpoint bar by either:
○
Clicking and dragging the segment or the gap between segments
○
Typing new values in the Heating and Cooling fields
Click Accept.
Demand Control
Demand Control is a cost-saving strategy that saves energy while maintaining comfort in the following ways:
•
Controlling energy use to avoid peak demand, ratchet, or time of use utility charges
•
Maintaining ventilation at relaxed setpoints rather than shutting down equipment (as with load shedding or
duty cycling)
Before you can use Demand Control effectively, you must:
•
Obtain details regarding past energy usage and peak demand, ratchet, and time of use charges from your
energy provider.
•
Understand the demand profiles of the zones you are controlling.
Demand Control can be customized at the zone level. For example, you may relax the setpoints in some zones,
like break rooms and closets, by a few degrees, but you may not want to relax setpoints in computer rooms at all.
To define Demand Control properties
1
On the navigation tree, select the electric meter.
2
Select Properties > Control Program and expand the Demand Level Parameters section.
3
Type the Start and End time to define the time period that you want demand control to be in effect for this
zone.
4
Type kilowatts per hour (kW/hr) in the Level columns to define the amount of power that the demand must
exceed before the i-Vu® Pro system calls for a higher demand level.
NOTE Levels are defined in the electric meter control program in the Snap application. You can test the Demand
Levels by locking the meter to a value.
In the example below, during Period 4, defined as 12:00 (noon) to 16:00 (4:00 p.m.), if the demand exceeds 800
kW/hr, the i-Vu® Pro system will use Demand Level 1 setpoints. If the demand exceeds 1000 kW/hr, the i-Vu®
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
39
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Pro system will use Demand Level 2 level setpoints and so on.
Configuring Optimal Start
Enable and configure Optimal Start on the Properties page > Control Program tab > Configuration > Setpoints.
Your control program could be configured for Optimal Start or for both Optimal Start and Optimal Start Type.
NOTES
•
The Optimal Start options depend on the revision date of the control program in your controller.
•
Optimal Start is automatically disabled when Properties > Control Program > Maintenance > Occupancy >
BAS On/Off is set to either Unoccupied or Occupied.
Optimal Start
Optimal Start adjusts the effective setpoints to achieve the occupied setpoints by the time scheduled occupancy
begins.The Optimal Start recovery period may begin as early as 4 hours prior to occupancy. The algorithm works by
moving the unoccupied setpoints toward the occupied setpoints. The rate at which the setpoints move is based on
the outside air temperature, design temperatures, and capacities.
The following conditions must be true for optimal start to operate:
•
On the Properties page > Control Program tab > Configuration > Setpoints > Optimal Start, the Default
Value must be set greater than 0 and less than or equal to 4 (0.00 disables Optimal Start).
•
The system is unoccupied
NOTE If the Open controller does not have a valid outside air temperature, then a constant of 65° F is used. This
value is not adjustable.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
40
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
The actual equation that the controller uses to calculate Optimal Start is nonlinear. An approximation of the result
is shown below.
To change Optimal Start settings:
1
In the navigation tree, select the equipment that you want to change.
2
Select Properties page > Control Program tab > Configuration > Setpoints.
Optimal Start Type
If you have Optimal Start Type, you must choose from the following:
•
None
•
Temperature Compensated Optimal Start
•
Learned Adaptive Optimal Start
To select the method used to change from unoccupied to occupied setpoints:
1
In the navigation tree, select the equipment that you want to change.
2
Click Properties page > Control Program tab > Configuration > Setpoints.
3
Select option from the Optimal Start Type drop-down list.
4
See below to make further adjustments.
None – The unit will not start to control to the occupied setpoints until the unit goes into an occupied mode.
Setpoints do not ramp, but change immediately from unoccupied to occupied values. When you select None, you
must set all Learning Adaptive Optimal Start transition factors, identified by their themographic color, to 0. These
are located directly above the Effective Set Points graph.
Temperature Compensated – The unit changes to occupied setpoints at some time prior to the occupied time, not
to exceed the hours you set for Optimal Start. The start time is determined by the current error between space
temperature and the appropriate heating or cooling setpoint. At that time, the setpoints do not ramp, but change
immediately from unoccupied to occupied values. When selecting Temperature Compensated, you must set all
Learning Adaptive Optimal Start transition factors, identified by their thermographic color to 0. These are located
directly above the Effective Set Points graph.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
41
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
When selecting Temp Compensated, you can adjust the following:
•
Heat Start K factor (min/deg) – If Optimal Start Type is Temp Compensated, this is the time in minutes per
degree that the equipment starts before the occupied period when the space temperature is below the
occupied heating setpoint (including any setpoint offset).
•
Cool Start K factor (min/deg) – If Optimal Start Type is Temp Compensated, this is the time in minutes per
degree that the equipment starts before the occupied period when the space temperature is above the
occupied cooling setpoint (including any setpoint offset).
NOTE The default value for the above is 15.00 and the range is 0 to 99.
Learning Adaptive Optimal Start – This function gradually adjusts the unoccupied setpoints over a specified
period of time to achieve the occupied setpoint by the time scheduled occupancy begins. This learning adaptive
algorithm uses the learned heating capacity and learned cooling capacity values to calculate the effective
setpoints prior to the occupied start time. The algorithm calculates a learned cooling and heating capacity during
the previous unoccupied time. Set the Learning Adaptive Optimal Start recovery period from 1 to 4 hours in
Optimal Start. When the Learning Adaptive Optimal Start routine runs, adjustments are based on the color that is
achieved when occupancy begins. Adjustment amounts are defined in the thermographic color fields located
directly above the Effective Setpoints graph under Setpoints.
EXAMPLE The heating capacity for a zone is 5° per hour (default). When the zone becomes occupied, the zone
temperature is 1° below the occupied setpoint, indicating a need for additional heat. Because the zone
temperature was low by 1°, the learned heating capacity is decreased by the value entered in the LtBlue
thermographic color field (0.0600 default). As a result, the learned heating capacity is adjusted to 4.94° for the
next optimal start period. Since the algorithm has calculated that the equipment has less capacity to bring the
temperature to setpoint within the configured recovery period, the setpoint adjustment begins sooner in the next
unoccupied period.
To change the adjustment values in the Learning Adaptive Optimal Start routine:
1
In the navigation tree, select the equipment that you want to change.
2
Click Properties page > Control Program tab > Configuration > Setpoints.
3
Adjust the color fields between the Zone Setpoints graph and the the Effective Setpoints graph.
When you determine that no further start time optimization is required, you can disable Heating and Cooling
Capacity adjustments by setting the color field values to 0.0.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
42
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
You can reset the learned heating and cooling capacities by entering a value into either the Heating Capacity or
Cooling Capacity, located beneath the Zone Setpoints graph.
CAUTION When using Learning Adaptive Optimal Start, be sure that all equipment is properly maintained so
that your system does not “learn” to compensate for dirty filters or loose fan belts.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
43
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Schedules
Using schedules, your equipment can maintain one set of setpoints during occupied periods to provide comfort,
and it can maintain a different set of setpoints during unoccupied periods to reduce energy consumption.
Schedules are an i-Vu® Pro system's most effective cost-saving strategy.
In the User view, you can apply a schedule to a single tree item or to a group of tree items.
When you apply a schedule to a tree item, the schedule affects equipment
at and below the area or equipment where the schedule was added.
When you apply a schedule to a schedule group, the schedule affects all
pieces of equipment in the group.
For example, a school board meets every third Tuesday of the month and
uses the lobby, main conference room, break room, and restrooms. You
can create a schedule group to control these different areas with a single
schedule.
NOTES
•
When multiple schedules affect a tree item, the net result is the Effective schedule (page 48).
•
Do not include preheating or precooling time in your schedules. Optimal Start (page 40), another cost-saving
strategy, automatically calculates and controls precise preheating and precooling routines.
Creating and modifying schedules
To view schedules
1
Select a navigation tree item (site, area, or equipment).
2
Click Schedules > View tab.
3
Optional: Click a white Effective bar to view all the schedules that contribute to the resulting schedule. If the
item has multiple schedules, the schedule closest to the Effective bar has the highest priority. You set a
schedule's priority when you create the schedule.
NOTES
•
When multiple schedules affect a single area or controller, the i-Vu® Pro application sorts the schedules by
priority - the higher the priority, the closer the schedule is to the bar. You set a schedule's priority when you
add a schedule.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
44
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
•
You can also view schedules on the following detailed, printable schedule reports. These reports are
accessible from the Schedules page > Reports tab or from the Reports button drop-down menu.
This report...
allows you to...
Schedule Instances
Find every schedule with its location that is entered at and below a selected tree
item. This report can help you discover newly added and conflicting schedules.
Effective Schedules
View all equipment that may be scheduled and the net result of all schedules in
effect for a selected date and time. See Effective schedules (page 48).
To print schedules
1
Select a navigation tree item and click the Reports
.
2
Click Schedules > Schedule Instances or Effective Schedules.
3
Click Run, then click PDF.
This report...
allows you to...
Schedule Instances
Find every schedule with its location that is entered at and below a selected tree
item. This report can help you discover newly added and conflicting schedules.
Effective Schedules
View all equipment that may be scheduled and the net result of all schedules in
effect for a selected date and time.
To apply a schedule to equipment
Schedules in the i-Vu® Pro application are typically based on zone occupancy.
1
In the User navigation tree, select the area or equipment you want to schedule .
NOTES
○
To schedule all equipment in a specified area, select the area you want.
○
You can schedule individual controllers from the Installer view, but you must be in the User view to
schedule areas and routers
2
Click Schedules, then Configure tab.
3
Click Add.
4
Select a Priority. A schedule's priority determines whether affected zones will use occupied or unoccupied
setpoints.
Select...
For...
Normal
A typical occupied period
Holiday
An unoccupied period that overrides a Normal schedule
Override
An occupied period that overrides a Holiday schedule
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
45
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
5
Select a Type. See table below.
6
Type a schedule name in the Description field (50 characters maximum).
7
Enter desired values in the fields below Description.
8
On the graph, change a time segment's Start and End times by doing one of the following:
9
○
Click the segment, then type the times in the Start and End fields.
○
Click and drag either end of the segment or the entire segment.
Optional: Click Add Time Period to add one or more segments to the schedule. Or, select a segment and
click Delete Time Period to delete that segment.
10 Click Accept.
Select this Type...
To use the schedule...
Weekly
Every week on the specified days
Date
On a single, specified date
Date Range
Between 2 specified dates
Date List
On multiple, specified dates
Wildcard
According to a repeating pattern (For example, the second
Tuesday of every month)
Continuous
Continuously between specified times on 2 separate dates
Dated Weekly
Weekly between a start date and an end date (For example,
the summer break in the school year)
NOTES
•
To automatically download all schedules that you create or change, click
> System Options > My
Settings and, under Preferences, select Automatically download schedules on each change. If you want to
manually download schedules, clear the Automatically download... field and then see Downloading system
changes to controllers (page 201).
•
When you apply a schedule to an item on the navigation tree, the schedule affects that item and all children
of that item. If you do not want an item to be affected by schedules from a higher level, select Ignore
Schedules above this level on the Schedules > Configure tab.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
46
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To apply a schedule to a group of items
You must create a group, then add members (areas, equipment, or other groups) to the group before you can
apply a schedule to it.
1
On the User navigation tree, select Scheduling Groups.
Optional: If you have created folders to organize your groups, select the appropriate folder. See "To organize
groups using folders" below.
2
Click Add Group.
3
Type a name for the new schedule group in the Name field.
4
Optional: Change the default Reference name. A group's reference name must be unique throughout the
system.
5
Click Accept.
6
Click Add Members to Group.
7
On the Members page, select the areas, equipment, or other groups that you want to add to the group from
the tree on the right. Use Ctrl+click, Shift+click, or both to select multiple items.
8
Click Add.
TIP Use the Raise and Lower buttons to reorder items in the Members list. Changing the order is for your
viewing convenience and does not affect the system.
9
Click Accept.
10 You will see the question Execute download now?. Click OK.
11 Click the Schedules button, then Configure.
12 Add a schedule to the group. See To apply a schedule to equipment (page 45).
To organize groups using folders
You can create folders and sort your groups into them to organize the Schedule Groups tree. For example, a large
school system that has a group for each school may want to create an Elementary School folder, a Middle School
folder, and a High School folder, and put the appropriate groups in each folder.
To create folders and add groups to them:
1
On the User tree, select Scheduling Groups.
2
Click Add Folder.
3
Type a name for the new folder in the Name field.
4
Optional: Change the default Reference name.
5
Click Accept.
6
Repeat steps 1–4 for each folder that you want to add.
7
Do one of the following to add a group to a folder:
○
If you have already created the group, drag and drop it into the appropriate folder in the tree on the
Scheduling Groups page, then click Accept.
○
Select the folder in the tree on the Scheduling Groups page, then click Add Group to add a new group
inside the folder.
NOTE You can also add a folder to a folder, or drag and drop a folder into another folder.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
47
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To edit or delete a schedule
1
Do one of the following:
○
On the navigation tree, select the tree item where the schedule was defined, then select Schedules >
Configure tab.
○
In the User tree, click Scheduling Groups, then select the group that has the schedule you want to edit or
delete.
2
Select the schedule you want to edit or delete.
3
Edit the fields you want to change or click Delete.
4
Click Accept.
NOTE Expired dated schedules are automatically deleted from the database at 3:30 AM every day. But expired
schedules remain in the controller until the next time schedules are downloaded to the controller.
Effective schedules
The effective schedule that you see on the Schedules > View tab can be the result of multiple overlapping
schedules.
The following schedule features can influence an item's effective schedule.
Feature
Description
Hierarchy
A schedule applied to an item on the i-Vu® Pro tree affects that item and all of its children. A child
item's combined schedule could be the result of multiple schedules applied at different levels above
it. To change a child item's combined schedule:
•
Add a schedule at the child that overrides the current schedule. See the Priority feature below.
•
Set the child to ignore the parent schedules. To do this, select the child item on the tree, then go
to Schedules > Configure. Select the schedule, then click Ignore Schedules above this level. You
can then add a different schedule for the child.
Any schedule change that you make to an item affects it and all of its children.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
48
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Feature
Description
Priority
You must assign one of the following priorities to every schedule.
Use...
For...
Normal
A typical occupied period
Holiday
An unoccupied period that overrides a Normal schedule
Override
An occupied period that overrides a Holiday time
EXAMPLE For a school, you define:
Type
•
A Normal schedule that has it occupied every Monday–Friday, 6 am–5 pm
•
A Holiday (unoccupied) schedule for the week of Spring Break
•
An Override schedule on the first day of Spring Break from 9 am–1 pm for the cafeteria only
where a teacher's meeting will be held.
You must assign one of the following types to every schedule.*
Weekly
Date
Date Range
Date List
Wildcard
Continuous
Dated Weekly
See To apply a schedule to equipment (page 45) for a description of each type.
EXAMPLE For a school, you define the following 3 schedules:
•
Full calendar year: Normal, Weekly, Monday–Friday, 6am–5pm
•
Summer months: Holiday, Continuous, 12am June 1st –11:59pm August 31st
•
Work days in summer months: Override, Dated Weekly, Monday–Thursday, 9am–2pm
Using the Priority and Type options, you can often accomplish the combined schedule you need in several
different ways. For example, the combined schedule resulting from the 3 schedules described above for Type
could also be accomplished with the following schedules:
School year: Normal, Dated Weekly, Monday–Friday, September 1st–May 31st, 6am–5pm
Summer months: Normal, Dated Weekly, Monday–Thursday, June 1st–August 31st, 9am–2pm
Using schedule categories
Occupancy is the only default schedule category. It is a binary schedule category that allows a zone or piece of
equipment to be defined as On when a space is occupied and Off when it is unoccupied.
You can add custom schedule categories to handle other conditions if the equipment’s control program includes
one of the following microblocks:
•
•
•
•
Carrier Schedule
Carrier Schedule with TLO and Override Status
BACnet Time Clock with TLO and Override Status
BACnet Modeled Schedule
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
49
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Creating a custom schedule category
1
Create the custom schedule category in the Snap application. See "To use custom alarm and schedule
categories" in Snap Help.
2
In the Snap application, select the new category from the Schedule Category droplist in a the schedule
microblock.
3
Create the same custom schedule category in the i-Vu® Pro interface. The Reference Name must be
identical to the category's name in the Snap application. See "To add a custom schedule category in the iVu® Pro interface" below.
To add a custom schedule category in the i-Vu® Pro interface
TIP Study the default Occupancy category to understand the various properties you need to set when adding
a new schedule category.
PREREQUISITES
•
Add the custom schedule category in the Snap application. See "To use custom alarm and schedule
categories" in Snap Help.
•
In the Snap application, select the new category from the Schedule Category droplist in a Time Clock
microblock.
1
On the System Options tree, click
2
Click Add.
3
Enter values or add items for the fields in each section of the page. See table below.
to the left of the Categories folder, then click Schedule.
NOTE The fields that you see depend on selections you made in previous sections.
4
Click Accept.
Field
Notes
Category Name
The name used in the i-Vu® Pro interface
Reference Name
•
Must be unique in the database, be lowercase, and not contain any
spaces.
•
This name must be identical to the name of the custom schedule
category that you added in the Snap application.
•
Do not use occupancy as the reference name.
Allowed Type
Default Value
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Replace Undefined with one of the following:
•
Boolean: binary (on/off, true/false) condition
•
Multi State: list of integer-defined states. For example, 1=off, 2=on,
3=dim
Displays what schedule value is in effect for times not specified by the
schedule. To set this value, in the Allowed Values table, select the value
that you want to use as the default, then click the Make Default OK
button.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
50
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Field
Notes
Allowed Values
If you selected Boolean above, select True Value or False Value.
If you selected Multi State, click the Add Value button to create each
schedule state.
Allowed Value Description
The name used in the i-Vu® Pro interface.
Pattern
Type none, dark, or
/_common/lvl5/graphics/patterns/xxx.gif,
where xxx.gif is any .gif file in the
webroot\_common\lvl5\graphics\patterns folder.
Priority Description
The name used in the i-Vu® Pro interface.
Index
Represents this priority’s relative level of importance within this schedule
category. The i-Vu® Pro application automatically assigns the priority
index, which is zero for the first priority level. The higher the index value,
the higher the priority of the schedule type relative to other schedules.
BACnet limits the number of priority indices to 16.
Color
Color of the schedule bar on the Schedules page.
Schedule Types
The Weekly type is available for Index 0 only.
The Allow Wildcards and Partial Day options affect all selected schedule
types.
The default schedule used when this category is selected. Create the
schedule by adding segments for each state until every hour in the 24hour schedule is covered by a segment.
Default Schedule
EXCEPTION If you selected Partial Day in the Schedule Types field, you
do not have to add segments for the entire 24-hour period.
To view, edit, or delete a schedule category
1
On the System Options tree, click
2
In the table, select the category you want to edit or delete.
3
Edit the fields or click Delete.
4
Click Accept.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
to the left of the Categories folder, then click Schedule.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
51
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
i-Vu® Pro CCN schedules
There are 2 types of CCN schedules:
•
1 – 64 are local schedules that reside within the equipment
•
65 – 99 are network or global schedules, which are sent over a CCN network and received by controllers that
contain network schedules
The i-Vu® Pro application supports both local and global schedules.
Most CCN equipment is shipped with the default schedule of 64. See exceptions below.
Equipment
i-Vu® Pro's default
schedule number
Comfort Controller/UC/Expansion Controllers
0
Any controllers using a custom equipment file (*.equip)
created with EquipmentBuilder
Gen III VVT, 48/50EJ (Conquest), FSM, CSM
All PICs
0
1
64
CAUTION! Confirm the actual schedule numbers that are used in the controller, as they may have been
changed from their programmed default settings.
In order to use i-Vu® Pro schedules, the i-Vu® Pro schedule number must match the CCN schedule number at the
controller. This can be set in the i-Vu® Pro interface by selecting the equipment in the navigation tree and clicking
Schedules > CCN tab. It is also accessible at the area or site level.
NOTE To reduce start-up labor on a retrofit project, existing network schedules can be used by the i-Vu® Pro
application. However, switching to local schedules allows for schedule retention after a power failure and local
schedule maintenance tables.
If a controller uses a different schedule number, complete the following steps.
CAUTION! Failure to follow these steps may result in unexpected equipment operation.
1
On the navigation tree, select the controller.
2
Click the Schedules page, then CCN tab.
3
Adjust the following fields:
•
Schedule number - enter the CCN schedule number in use at the controller.
•
Override time (optional) - enter the number of minutes of the desired override and verify that the controller
override time is greater than or equal to this number
•
Override group - enter the number of the group, if you have established one
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
52
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Trends
The i-Vu® Pro system can read and store equipment status values over time and then display this information in a
trend graph to help you monitor the equipment’s operation.
You can collect trend data for any point value in the i-Vu® Pro system. The controller reads point values at
intervals that you define and then stores that data in the controller. A controller has limited memory for storing
trend data, so you can set up historical trending to archive the trend data from the controller to the i-Vu® Pro
database. A trend graph can display data from the controller and the database, or it can display only data stored
in the database.
After you set up the desired points for trend data collection (page 54), you can:
•
•
View built-in trend graphs that show a single point (page 55)
Create custom trend graphs with multiple points (page 56)
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
53
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To collect trend data for a point
Before you can see a point's trend graph, you must enable trending for that point and then define how you want
the controller to collect the point's data. This can be done in Snap or you can do it in the i-Vu® Pro interface using
the instructions below.
NOTE I/O microblocks have trending capability built-in, and you enable trend logging in the I/O microblock. Any
other microblock value must have a trend microblock attached in the control program, and you enable trend
logging of the value in the trend microblock.
To set up a point's trending in the i-Vu® Pro interface:
1
On the navigation tree, select the equipment that has the point you want to trend.
2
Click the Trends button drop-down arrow, select Disabled Points, then select the point.
3
Click the Enable/Disable tab, then select Enable Trend Log to have the controller collect trend data.
4
Enter information in the appropriate fields. See table below.
5
Click Accept.
TIP You can set up all trends for a piece of equipment at once on the Trend Sources tab of the equipment's
Properties page.
Field
Notes
Sample every _:_:_ (hh:mm:ss)
Records the point’s value at this interval.
NOTES
•
Set this field to one minute or greater.
•
This setting should be longer than the CCN bus poll interval. To
determine the poll interval:
1. In the Installer tree, right-click the device polling the CCN
controller, and then select Driver Properties.
2. Go to Protocols > CCN.
3. Scroll down to the Program Status heading.
4. In the first row of the table, subtract the third column
value from the fourth column value to get the poll interval.
Sample on COV
(change of value)
Records the point’s value only when the value changes by at least the
amount of the COV Increment.
NOTE Use this method for a binary point or for an analog point that has
infrequent changes in value.
Allocate memory for __ trend
samples in the controller
The maximum number of samples that you want the controller to store.
CAUTION Changing the value in Allocate memory for __ trend samples in
the controller will delete all of the point's trend samples currently stored in
the controller. Click the Store Trends Now button before changing the value
to transfer the trend data from the controller to the system database.
NOTES
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
•
Trending consumes memory in the controller. The amount of memory
available depends on the type of controller. Each trended point
consumes 48 bytes of memory plus 10 bytes for each trend sample.
Each trend microblock consumes 416 bytes of memory plus 10 bytes for
each trend sample.
•
Click Reset to delete all samples currently stored in the controller.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
54
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Field
Notes
The above sample and memory allocation fields together define trend data storage in the controller in terms of
hours.
EXAMPLE If you set these fields so that samples are collected every 5 minutes for a maximum of 120 samples,
the controller will store 600 minutes (5 x 120) or 10 hours of trend data.
Stop When Full
Check this field to stop trend sampling when the maximum number of
samples is reached.
Enable trend log at specific
times only?
Collects trend data for the specific period of time you define in the time and
date fields.
Enable Trend Historian
Archives trend data to the system database.
Store Trends Now
Writes all trend data in the controller to the system database without having
to enable trend historian.
Every __ trend samples write to
historian
Writes all trend data in the controller to the system database each time the
controller collects the number of samples that you enter in this field. This
number must be greater than zero and less than the number entered in the
field Allocate memory for __ trend samples in the controller. The number of
trends specified must be accumulated at least once before the historical
trends can be viewed.
Trend samples accumulated
since last notification
Shows the number of samples stored in the controller since data was last
written to the database.
Last Record Written to Historian
Shows the number of trend samples that were last written to the database.
Keep trends for __ days
This is based on the date that the sample was read. Select the first option to
use the system default that is defined on the System Settings > General tab.
Select the second option to set a value for this trend only.
Delete
Deletes all trend samples stored in the database for the item selected on the
navigation tree.
BACnet Configuration
The Object Name is a unique alphanumeric string that defines the BACnet
object. Although the Object Name field can be edited, it is not recommended.
The Notification Class is set to 1 to receive alarms generated by Carrier
controllers.
NOTES
•
You can use Global Copy (page 29) to copy trend properties to other pieces of equipment that use the same
control program.
•
Run a Trend Usage report (page 92) to view trend configurations.
Viewing a built-in, single-point trend graph
1
On the navigation tree, select the equipment whose trend you want to view.
2
Click the Trends button drop-down arrow, select Enabled Points, and then select the graph you want to view.
3
Select the View tab. See Using trend graphs (page 59).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
55
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
NOTE On the Configure tab, you can:
•
•
•
•
Enable/disable the grid.
Set the time range for the X axis. For example, enter 7 days to see the data for the last week.
Turn off autoscaling so that you can define a range for the Y-axis
Type a Y-axis label that will appear on the right side of the graph.
Creating a custom trend graph
When creating a custom trend graph, you can select up to 16 points. If you select more than 4 points or points
with different units, the i-Vu® Pro application splits the data into subgraphs. Each subgraph can show a maximum
of 4 points with similar units.
NOTE You must enable trending for points that you want to include in the custom trend graph. See To collect
trend data for a point (page 54).
To create a custom trend graph
1
On the navigation tree, select the area or equipment where you want to see the graph.
2
Click the Trends button drop-down arrow, then select New Trend Graph.
NOTE If the Trends button does not have a drop-down arrow, the New Trend Graph page is already displayed.
3
In the tree on the New Trend Graph page, use Ctrl+click or Shift+click to select the points (16 maximum) that
you want to see on a graph.
NOTE The tree shows only points that have trending enabled. See To collect trend data for a point (page 54).
4
Click Save.
5
Optional: If your system has trend categories defined, you can select a Category for this trend. For more
information on trend categories, see Adding trend categories (page 58).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
56
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
6
Type a Name for the graph that will appear at the top of the graph and in the Trends button drop-down list.
7
Click OK.
8
Select:
○
The View tab to see the custom trend graph. See Using trend graphs (page 59).
○
The Configure tab to edit the trend graph. See To edit a custom trend graph (page 57).
To edit a custom trend graph
1
On the navigation tree, select the area or equipment where you created the graph.
2
Select the Trends > Configure tab. On this page, you can:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Change the name of the custom trend graph
Enable/disable the grid
Set the time range for the X axis
Edit a subgraph's Y-axis label that will appear on the right side of the graph
Turn off autoscaling so that you can define a range for the Y-axis
Add/delete subgraphs (see instructions below)
Add/delete points (see instructions below)
Change a point's name on the graph
Change a binary point's active/inactive text on the graph
Click Delete Trend Graph to delete the entire custom trend graph
To add a subgraph to a custom trend graph
1
Click Add below the Subgraphs list.
2
Type a Y-axis label.
3
Click Add below the Points list.
4
Select a point in the Data source tree.
NOTE The tree shows only points that have trending enabled. See To collect trend data for a point (page 54).
5
Repeat steps 3 and 4 to add up to 4 points to the subgraph.
6
Click Accept.
NOTE To delete a subgraph, select it in the Subgraphs list, click Delete below the list, and then click Accept.
To add a point to a subgraph
1
Select the subgraph in the Subgraphs list.
2
Click Add below the Points list.
3
Select a point from the Data source tree.
NOTE The tree shows only points that have trending enabled. See To collect trend data for a point (page 54).
4
Click Accept.
NOTE To delete a point, select the appropriate subgraph, select the point, click Delete below the Points list, and
then click Accept.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
57
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Adding trend categories
A point trend graph is in the Enabled or Disabled category in the Trends button drop-down menu.
You can create additional categories for your custom trend graphs.
1
On the System Options tree, click
to the left of Categories, then select Trend.
2
Click Add.
3
Type the Category Name and Reference Name.
4
Optional: Select a privilege so that only operators with that privilege can access trends in the category.
5
Click Accept.
NOTES
•
To edit a category, select the category, make your changes, then click Accept.
•
To delete a category, select the category, click Delete, then click Accept.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
58
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Using trend graphs
NOTES
•
A gray triangle at the top of a graph indicates a note from the system. Hover your cursor on the triangle to see
which of the following occurred:
○
Equipment received a time synchronization from its network router or from the i-Vu® Pro application.
○
Trend Historian has been enabled or disabled.
○
Trend Log has been enabled or disabled.
○
The trend object ID of a third-party trend source has been changed. For information only, you do not
need to do anything.
•
Click
at the top of the i-Vu® Pro page to print the graph. You may need to set your printer's orientation
to Landscape.
•
Toolbar options are also accessible by right-clicking a trend graph.
•
You can check Display gap in graph line for missing data on an individual trend graph page, or you can go to
the System Settings (or System Options) > General tab (page 222) to set this for all future trend graphs.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
59
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To view trend data in a spreadsheet program
You can save trend data as csv data that you can open in a spreadsheet program such as Microsoft® Excel®.
1
On the Trends > View tab, select
> Save as CSV data.
2
Save the data (.zip file) wherever you want. The .zip file contains the following:
3
• A .csv file for each trend source (point). The filenames match the point names.
• A Combined folder containing a file with the combined data for all of the graph's trend sources.
Open the .csv file in a spreadsheet program.
NOTES
•
You will need to convert the data in the spreadsheet's Time column to a readable date/time format.
•
If you use Microsoft® Excel® on a Mac and the converted date shows the wrong year, do the following:
1.
In Excel, go to File > Options > Advanced.
2.
Scroll down to the section When calculating this workbook, and then uncheck Use 1904 date system.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
60
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Alarms
A message is sent from an alarm source to i-Vu® Pro to notify you that certain conditions exist, such as a piece of
equipment that has stopped running or a temperature that is too high. When i-Vu® Pro receives an alarm, it
displays information about the alarm on the Alarms page. i-Vu® Pro can also perform alarm actions (page 67) to
inform personnel of the condition. An alarm source can also send a return-to-normal message when the alarm
condition returns to its normal state.
Alarm sources and the alarms they generate are assigned to categories, such as HVAC Critical or HVAC
Maintenance, to help you work with related alarms.
The application engineer usually sets up alarm sources in the Snap application. In the i-Vu® Pro interface, you
can:
•
View, troubleshoot, acknowledge, and delete alarms (page 62)
•
Set up the alarm actions that the i-Vu® Pro application performs (page 67)
•
Edit alarm sources that were set up in the Snap application or set up new alarm sources to generate alarms
(page 83)
NOTE In addition to the alarms that you set up, i-Vu® Pro has built-in system and equipment alarms.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
61
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Viewing, acknowledging, and deleting alarms
The i-Vu® Pro Alarms page displays alarms as they are received. If desired, an operator can set options on
> System Options > My Settings tab to have the i-Vu® Pro application play an audio file when an alarm is
received.
An alarm's setup may require that it be acknowledged and/or the alarm condition returned to normal. The alarm,
its return to normal, and any other alarms related to the incident are referred to as an alarm incident group. The iVu® Pro application closes an alarm incident group when all of the following have occurred:
•
You acknowledge the alarm (if required)
•
The i-Vu® Pro application receives a return-to-normal (if required)
•
The i-Vu® Pro application performs all alarm actions defined for the group
You should delete alarms from your system as they are closed because large quantities of stored alarms can
reduce the efficiency of your system.
NOTE The Installer view does not display all alarms on the system or site level, only on the router and controller
level. Go to the User view or click the system-wide alarms button to see all of the alarms in the system.
The color of the system-wide alarms button signifies one of the following conditions:
•
Red - Critical alarms need to be acknowledged.
•
Yellow - Non-critical alarms need to be acknowledged.
•
Grey - No alarms need to be acknowledged.
You must acknowledge alarms that have been set up to require acknowledgement. Right-click alarm message to
print. To save alarm information before deleting, select Alarms > Reports tab > Alarms > click Run button.
To view alarms in the i-Vu® Pro interface
•
Click
at the top of the page to see all alarms in the system.
or
•
Click the Alarms button and then select an item on the navigation tree to see all alarms at and below that
level.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
62
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
NOTES
•
Alarms generated by the i-Vu® Pro application appear at the system level.
•
Alarms generated by controllers appear at the system level in the User view.
•
An alarm's details include a path to the alarm source. Each section of the path is a link to that location. For
example, in the path West TEMP LO at Router 41/Sunshine Corp, TEMP LO links to the microblock's
Properties page, and Sunshine Corp links to the Sunshine Corp West Wing graphic, TEMP-LO links to the
equipment graphic.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
63
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To control which alarms you see
Use these tools...
To control the Alarms list
Click the arrow buttons to display other alarms.
Type a date and time or click
to select a date. Then
click Go to show up to 50 alarms since that date/time.
When finished, click
or
to display the 50 newest alarms
to display the oldest 50 alarms.
Date–Sorts list by date/time the alarms were generated
with the most recent at the top.
To Do–Shows only alarms that require one or more actions
before they are closed.
Incident Group–Sorts alarms by incident. For example, an
alarm and its return-to-normal form an incident group.
Brackets indicate a group.
Select the alarm categories that you want to see in the
alarms list. Use Ctrl+click, Shift+click, or both to select
multiple categories, or check Show all categories.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
64
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To acknowledge alarms
You must acknowledge alarms that have been set up to require acknowledgment. An alarm shows if it needs to
be acknowledged.
The table in the upper left corner of the page shows how many alarms need acknowledgment at the current
location (Here) and in the entire system (Total). This table also shows how many alarms need a return-to-normal
and how many are closed.
To acknowledge an alarm
1
On the Alarms page > View tab, select the checkbox of an alarm that shows Acknowledge.
2
Click the Acknowledge button.
To acknowledge all alarms in the alarms database for selected categories
1
On the Alarms page > View tab in the left-hand column, select the categories whose alarms you want to
acknowledge.
NOTE Use Ctrl+click, Shift+click, or both to select multiple categories, or select the Select All checkbox.
2
Click Advanced.
3
Click Acknowledge All.
TIP Acknowledging many alarms simultaneously can take a long time. Acknowledge alarms as they occur to
avoid long waits.
To delete alarms
You should delete alarms from your system as they are closed because large quantities of stored alarms can
reduce the efficiency of your system. To save alarm information before deleting, select Alarms > Reports tab >
Alarms, then click the Run button.
To delete an alarm
1
On the Alarms page > View tab, select an alarm's checkbox.
2
Click Delete.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
65
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To delete all alarms in the alarms database for selected categories
1
On the Alarms page > View tab in the left-hand column, select the categories whose alarms you want to
delete.
NOTE Use Ctrl+click, Shift+click, or both to select multiple categories, or select the Select All checkbox.
2
Click Advanced.
3
Click Delete All.
To delete all closed alarm incident groups in the alarms database
An incident group is all alarms related to a particular incident. For example, an alarm and its return-to-normal form
an alarm incident group. An incident group is considered closed when all alarms in the group are closed.
1
On the Alarms page > View tab in the left-hand column, select the categories whose alarms you want to
delete.
NOTE Use Ctrl+click, Shift+click, or both to select multiple categories, or select the Select All checkbox.
2
Click Advanced.
3
Click Delete Closed Incidents.
NOTES
•
To have the i-Vu® Pro application automatically delete alarm incident groups a specified number of days after
the groups close, select this option on the System Settings > Scheduled Tasks (page 228) tab.
•
Also on the System Settings > Scheduled Tasks tab, you can set the i-Vu® Pro application to archive alarm
information to a text file as alarms are deleted.
•
An alarm source may be set up to generate an alarm and a return-to-normal. If an alarm occurs but the i-Vu®
Pro application never receives the return-to-normal, you can select the alarm and then click Force Normal so
that the alarm can be closed. Force Normal has no effect on the alarm condition that generated the alarm.
To receive audible notification of alarms
You can set up the i-Vu® Pro application to play an audio file on your workstation when it receives a critical or noncritical alarm.
1
On the System Options tree, select My Settings.
2
Under Preferences, select Non-critical alarms or Critical alarms to be notified of each type of alarm.
3
In the Sound File field, type the path to the sound file.
When an alarm triggers the audio file to play, you can click and then select:
•
Snooze to temporarily stop the sound for 5 minutes
•
Silence to stop the sound
The alarm sound is silenced until another alarm that triggers a sound is received.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
66
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Setting up alarm actions
The i-Vu® Pro application can perform alarm actions listed below to notify personnel of an alarm or to record
information about the alarm. You can assign alarm actions to an alarm source, a category of alarm sources, alarm
sources from a certain location, or a combination of these criteria.
The alarm actions are:
•
Alarm Popup
•
Print
•
Run External Program
•
Send Alphanumeric Page
•
Send E-Mail
•
Send SNMP Trap
•
Write Property
•
Write to Database
•
Write to File
See the following topics for a description of each alarm action.
To assign alarm actions to alarm sources
To assign alarm actions to multiple alarm sources
Although you can assign an alarm action to a single alarm source, you typically assign an action to multiple alarm
sources at the area or equipment level. The alarm action applies to all instances of the alarm sources at the
selected location and below. Click an action’s Edit button to make any changes.
To assign an alarm action to alarm sources:
1
On the navigation tree, select the area, equipment, or controller containing the alarm sources.
2
On the Alarms page > Actions tab, follow the 3 steps on the screen.
3
Follow the 3 steps on the screen.
NOTE Use Ctrl+click, Shift+click, or both to select multiple items.
4
Click Add.
5
Set up the alarm action by editing the fields on the alarm action page. See the appropriate alarm action
below for field descriptions.
6
Click Accept.
If an alarm action fails, the i-Vu® Pro application receives an alarm for the failed action.
NOTE Click View Selected Sources to view or change settings for each alarm.
To assign an alarm action to a single alarm source
1
On the navigation tree, select the alarm source.
2
On the Alarms page > Actions tab, click the drop-down arrow, then select an alarm action.
3
Click Add.
4
Set up the alarm action by editing the fields on the alarm action page. See the appropriate alarm action
below for field descriptions.
5
Click OK.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
67
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Alarm Popup
The Alarm Popup alarm action pops up a message on any computer with a Windows operating system that is
running the i-Vu® Pro Alarm Notification Client application.
Field
Notes
To Operator
To Group
Select individual operators or operator groups who should receive alarm notification.
Generate alarm if
delivery fails
Check this field to generate a System Info alarm if the popup recipient is not currently
running the Alarm Notification Client application.
Message text
Use punctuation, spaces, or returns after the entries to format the text.
To add live data to the text, select field codes (page 88) from the Append Field Code
list.
Append Field Code
Add field codes (page 88) to the message text if desired.
Perform Action
By default, the i-Vu® Pro application performs an alarm action when the alarm source
generates an alarm and when it returns to normal. Under Perform Action, you can
choose to run the alarm action:
•
Only when the alarm source generates an alarm or when it returns to normal.
•
After a specified amount of time if the alarm has not been acknowledged or has
not returned to normal. Use this option for alarm escalation.
•
If the alarm occurs during the occupied hours defined for a schedule group or run
if the alarm occurs during the unoccupied hours defined for a schedule group.
EXAMPLE To have one alarm action performed during work hours and a different
alarm action performed after work hours:
1.
Create a schedule group (page 47), but do not assign members to it.
2.
Create a schedule for the group. Set the occupied hours to be the same as the
work hours.
3.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed during work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Occupied.
4.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed after work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Unoccupied.
Using the Alarm Notification Client application
The Alarm Notification Client application must be running on each client computer (Windows only) that should
receive popup notifications. Keep the application minimized to the right side of the Windows task bar. The window
will pop up with a message when an alarm occurs.
Select an alarm message, then click
to open the i-Vu® Pro interface displaying the piece of equipment that
generated the alarm. A grayed out alarm indicates that it was acknowledged in the i-Vu® Pro interface.
If the Alarm Notification Client is set up to play a continuous alarm sound, you can silence an alarm by clicking
Silence!, by pressing Ctrl+S, or by acknowledging the alarm in the i-Vu® Pro interface.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
68
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Button
Notes
Opens the i-Vu® Pro interface displaying the equipment that generated the alarm.
NOTES
•
If i-Vu Pro Server is to use https (SSL), you must do the following to enable communication
between the server and Alarm Notification Client. In SiteBuilder, go to Configure > Preferences
> Web Server. For Enabled Web Server Ports, select Both HTTP and SSL or SSL only. In the
Server Connection field described below, enter the number of the SSL port.
•
If i-Vu Pro Server is v6.0 and an Alarm Notification Client is an earlier version, you will have to
log in when you click
.
Copies the selected alarm information to the clipboard.
Removes the alarm information from the alarm popup list. Removing items from this list has no
effect on the alarms list in the i-Vu® Pro interface.
View information about the server connection.
On this tab...
You define...
Server Connection
The i-Vu® Pro server and port, and the i-Vu® Pro operator name and password
NOTE The default port is TCP 47806. If you change this, you must also
change the Port field in the i-Vu® Pro System Settings. See "To set up the i-Vu
Pro Server application to support Alarm Popup clients" below.
Browse To
The i-Vu® Pro page that you want to see first when browsing to the equipment
Notification
Sounds
•
If you want to hear a sound when an alarm occurs
•
Which sound you want to hear for each type of alarm.
NOTE A Connection Failure occurs when the Alarm Notification Client
loses communication with the i-Vu Pro Server application.
•
Whether you want the sound to continue until silenced
NOTE If multiple types of alarms occur simultaneously, the application plays
the sound of the most critical alarm (Connection Failure first, then Critical,
then Normal).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
69
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To set up the i-Vu Pro Server application to support Alarm Popup clients
1
On the System Options tree, select System Settings.
2
On the General tab, select Enable support for Alarm Notification Clients to connect to this server.
3
If the server has more than one network interface adapter, type in the Restrict to IP Address field the IP
address that the Alarm Notification Client application will connect to. You must specify the same IP address in
the Server field in the Alarm Notification Client.
4
Use the default port or specify a different port. You must specify the same port in the Port field in the Alarm
Notification Client.
5
Click Accept.
NOTE If the Alarm Notification Client application is not on the local network and will access i-Vu® Pro alarms
through a NAT router, you must port forward the TCP port you defined in step 4 above.
To install the Alarm Notification Client application
Follow the steps below on each client computer that should receive alarm popups.
PREREQUISITE Enable support for Alarm Popup client in System Settings. See above topic.
1
On the System Options tree, click Client Installs.
2
Select Alarm Notification Client.
3
Click Run, then follow the on-screen instructions to install the Alarm Notification Client application. After you
click Done, the application starts automatically.
4
In the Settings dialog box, enter appropriate values. You can also click
above for a description of each setting.
to open this box. See the table
NOTE You can lock the Settings so that a user cannot edit them. See To lock a client's Settings feature
below.
5
Click OK.
6
Minimize the Alarm Notification Client window.
To lock a client's Settings feature
To prevent a user from editing the Settings
:
1
Right-click Alarm Notification Client in the Windows Start menu.
2
Select Properties.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
70
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
3
On the Shortcut tab, type -lockconfig at the end of the Target path.
Print
The Print alarm action prints alarm information.
Field
Notes
Text Printing
Select to use the i-Vu® Pro server's local dot-matrix printer. Text Printing will not
print to a network printer.
In the Printer Name field, type the computer port that the printer is connected to.
In the Line Width field, type the number of characters to be printed per line.
Prints multiple alarms per page.
Graphics Printing
Select to use the i-Vu® Pro server's default printer (local or network printer).
Prints one alarm per page to the i-Vu® Pro server's default printer.
Text to Print
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Use punctuation, spaces, or returns after the entries to format the text.
To add live data to the text, select field codes (page 89) from the Append Field
Code list.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
71
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Field
Notes
Perform Action
By default, the i-Vu® Pro application performs an alarm action when the alarm
source generates an alarm and when it returns to normal. Under Perform Action,
you can choose to run the alarm action:
•
Only when the alarm source generates an alarm or when it returns to normal.
•
After a specified amount of time if the alarm has not been acknowledged or
has not returned to normal. Use this option for alarm escalation.
•
If the alarm occurs during the occupied hours defined for a schedule group or
run if the alarm occurs during the unoccupied hours defined for a schedule
group.
EXAMPLE To have one alarm action performed during work hours and a
different alarm action performed after work hours:
1.
Create a schedule group (page 47), but do not assign members to it.
2.
Create a schedule for the group. Set the occupied hours to be the same as
the work hours.
3.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed during work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Occupied.
4.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed after work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is
Unoccupied.
Run External Program
The Run External Program alarm action starts a program or batch file on the server.
Field
Notes
Command Line
The path of the executable file on the i-Vu® Pro server followed by the path of the
output file.
Example:
c:\windows\notepad.exe c:\i-Vu Pro\webroot\alarms.txt
Append Field Code
Add field codes (page 89) to the Command Line field.
Example:
c:\reports\run_report.bat $Generation_time$$To_State$
This starts a batch file on the server and uses the alarm’s generation time and
state as values.
Synchronize
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Tells i-Vu® Pro to wait for the external program to finish running before initiating
the next Run External Program alarm action.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
72
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Field
Notes
Perform Action
By default, the i-Vu® Pro application performs an alarm action when the alarm
source generates an alarm and when it returns to normal. Under Perform Action,
you can choose to run the alarm action:
•
Only when the alarm source generates an alarm or when it returns to normal.
•
After a specified amount of time if the alarm has not been acknowledged or
has not returned to normal. Use this option for alarm escalation.
•
If the alarm occurs during the occupied hours defined for a schedule group or
run if the alarm occurs during the unoccupied hours defined for a schedule
group.
EXAMPLE To have one alarm action performed during work hours and a
different alarm action performed after work hours:
1.
Create a schedule group (page 47), but do not assign members to it.
2.
Create a schedule for the group. Set the occupied hours to be the same as
the work hours.
3.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed during work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Occupied.
4.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed after work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is
Unoccupied.
Send Alphanumeric Page
The Send Alphanumeric Page alarm action sends a page to one or more alphanumeric pagers or sends text
messages to cell phones. The pager or phone must be able to accept e-mail.
Field
Notes
To
Type the address(es) that you want to send the alarm to. To enter multiple addresses,
type a space or press Enter after each address.
From
Enter a valid address if required by your mailserver.
Mail Host
The mailserver's address. This can be an IP address or a system name, such as
mail.mycompany.com.
Mail Host Port
Change this field if using a port other than the default port 25.
Mail Host Security
Options
Select the type of security the mailserver uses.
•
Cleartext – Uses the SMTP protocol to send as clear text over TCP/IP
•
Secure SSL – Uses SSL, a communication protocol that provides data encryption
•
Secure TLS – Uses TLS, but does not begin encryption until the i-Vu® Pro
application issues STARTTLS command
Specify Mail User For
Mail Host
Authentication
Select if your mailserver requires a username and password.
Send mail as MIME
attachment
Select if your mailserver allows only MIME attachments.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
73
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Field
Notes
Message Text
Use punctuation, spaces, or returns after the entries to format the text.
To add live data to the text, select field codes (page 88) from the Append Field Code
list.
Perform Action
By default, the i-Vu® Pro application performs an alarm action when the alarm source
generates an alarm and when it returns to normal. Under Perform Action, you can
choose to run the alarm action:
•
Only when the alarm source generates an alarm or when it returns to normal.
•
After a specified amount of time if the alarm has not been acknowledged or has
not returned to normal. Use this option for alarm escalation.
•
If the alarm occurs during the occupied hours defined for a schedule group or run
if the alarm occurs during the unoccupied hours defined for a schedule group.
EXAMPLE To have one alarm action performed during work hours and a different
alarm action performed after work hours:
1.
Create a schedule group (page 47), but do not assign members to it.
2.
Create a schedule for the group. Set the occupied hours to be the same as
the work hours.
3.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed during work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Occupied.
4.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed after work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Unoccupied.
NOTE You should not assign this alarm action to frequently-occurring alarms as this may cause problems on your
network or the Internet.
To secure mailserver communication using SSL or TLS
Before the i-Vu® Pro application sends an email using SSL or TLS, it requests an SSL certificate from the
mailserver. If the certificate that the i-Vu® Pro application receives is in its list of trusted certificates, it sends the
email. If the certificate is not in the list, the i-Vu® Pro application generates a system alarm indicating that the
email alarm action failed. If this occurs, you will need to add the mailserver's certificate to the i-Vu® Pro
application's list of trusted certificates.
1
Get a copy of the certificate file from the mailserver. Ask your Network Administrator for help.
2
Put the file on the i-Vu® Pro server.
3
On the i-Vu® Pro server, click the Windows® Start button.
4
In the Search programs and files field, type the following command:
C:\i-Vu_Pro_<x.x>\bin\java\jre\bin\keytool.exe -import -trustcacerts -alias
smtpserver -keystore webserver\keystores\certkeys -file <file_path>
replacing:
<x.x> with the system's version number
<file_path> with the full path and file name of the certificate file
5
The information for the smtpserver key is displayed and you are prompted to trust this certificate. Type yes.
NOTE If your mailserver is using SSL or TLS, the i-Vu® Pro server is running antivirus software, and the email
alarm action fails because it cannot find an SSL certificate, do one of the following:
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
74
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
•
Disable scanning of outgoing SMTP traffic in the antivirus software. See your antivirus software's Help for
assistance.
•
Obtain the antivirus software's SSL certificate and install it on the i-Vu® Pro server using the above
procedure.
To set up a dial-up networking connection
The i-Vu® Pro application can use a dial-up internet connection through a modem to deliver e-mail for the Send Email or Send Alphanumeric Page alarm action.
To set up the dial-up connection:
1
Set up your modem to dial out to your Internet Service Provider. See your modem documentation.
2
On the i-Vu® Pro server, open Internet Explorer®.
3
Select Tools or
4
On the Connections tab, click Setup.
5
Follow the instructions in the wizard. See Windows Help for assistance.
6
In a text editor such as Windows Notepad, open i-Vu_Pro_x.x\webroot\<system>\ system.properties.
7
At the end of the file, type the following line:
> Internet Options.
repactions.connection.name=<name of connection>
where <name of connection> is the ISP name you entered in the wizard in step 2.
8
Open Internet Explorer, then select Tools > Internet Options > Connections tab.
9
If the box under Dial-up and Virtual Private Network settings shows more than one connection, select the
connection that you just created, then click Set Default.
10 Select Always dial my default connection.
Send E-mail
The Send E-mail alarm action sends a message to one or more e-mail accounts. The alarm action can also run a
report and attach it to the e-mail as a PDF, HTML, or XLS file.
Field
Notes
To
Type the address(es) that you want to send the alarm to. To enter multiple addresses,
type a space or press Enter after each address.
From
Enter a valid address if required by your mailserver.
Mail Host
The mailserver's address. This can be an IP address or a system name, such as
mail.mycompany.com.
Mail Host Port
Change this field if using a port other than the default port 25.
Mail Host Security
Options
Select the type of security the mailserver uses.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
•
Cleartext – Uses the SMTP protocol to send as clear text over TCP/IP
•
Secure SSL – Uses SSL, a communication protocol that provides data encryption
•
Secure TLS – Uses TLS, but does not begin encryption until the i-Vu® Pro
application issues STARTTLS command
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
75
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Field
Notes
Specify Mail User For
Mail Host
Authentication
Select if your mailserver requires a username and password.
Send mail as MIME
attachment
Select if your mailserver allows only MIME attachments.
Message Text
Use punctuation, spaces, or returns after the entries to format the text.
To add live data to the text, select field codes (page 88) from the Append Field Code
list.
Attach Report
Select to attach a report to the e-mail, then select the Report and the Format. The
attached report will include the date and time. For example, Alarm Sources 2012 Jan
01 1230.
NOTE The Report Name field shows a custom report only if it was created at the
current system level.
Run as shows the name and login name of the operator creating the alarm action. The
report will be run using the privileges and report options of this operator.
TIP You may want to create a new operator with limited privileges for this
purpose.
Perform Action
By default, the i-Vu® Pro application performs an alarm action when the alarm source
generates an alarm and when it returns to normal. Under Perform Action, you can
choose to run the alarm action:
•
Only when the alarm source generates an alarm or when it returns to normal.
•
After a specified amount of time if the alarm has not been acknowledged or has
not returned to normal. Use this option for alarm escalation.
•
If the alarm occurs during the occupied hours defined for a schedule group or run
if the alarm occurs during the unoccupied hours defined for a schedule group.
EXAMPLE To have one alarm action performed during work hours and a different
alarm action performed after work hours:
1.
Create a schedule group (page 47), but do not assign members to it.
2.
Create a schedule for the group. Set the occupied hours to be the same as
the work hours.
3.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed during work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Occupied.
4.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed after work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Unoccupied.
NOTE You should not assign this alarm action to frequently-occurring alarms as this may cause problems on your
network or the Internet.
To secure mailserver communication using SSL or TLS
Before the i-Vu® Pro application sends an email using SSL or TLS, it requests an SSL certificate from the
mailserver. If the certificate that the i-Vu® Pro application receives is in its list of trusted certificates, it sends the
email. If the certificate is not in the list, the i-Vu® Pro application generates a system alarm indicating that the
email alarm action failed. If this occurs, you will need to add the mailserver's certificate to the i-Vu® Pro
application's list of trusted certificates.
1
Get a copy of the certificate file from the mailserver. Ask your Network Administrator for help.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
76
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
2
Put the file on the i-Vu® Pro server.
3
On the i-Vu® Pro server, click the Windows® Start button.
4
In the Search programs and files field, type the following command:
C:\i-Vu_Pro_<x.x>\bin\java\jre\bin\keytool.exe -import -trustcacerts -alias
smtpserver -keystore webserver\keystores\certkeys -file <file_path>
replacing:
<x.x> with the system's version number
<file_path> with the full path and file name of the certificate file
5
The information for the smtpserver key is displayed and you are prompted to trust this certificate. Type yes.
NOTE If your mailserver is using SSL or TLS, the i-Vu® Pro server is running antivirus software, and the email
alarm action fails because it cannot find an SSL certificate, do one of the following:
•
Disable scanning of outgoing SMTP traffic in the antivirus software. See your antivirus software's Help for
assistance.
•
Obtain the antivirus software's SSL certificate and install it on the i-Vu® Pro server using the above
procedure.
To set up a dial-up networking connection
The i-Vu® Pro application can use a dial-up internet connection through a modem to deliver e-mail for the Send Email or Send Alphanumeric Page alarm action.
To set up the dial-up connection:
1
Set up your modem to dial out to your Internet Service Provider. See your modem documentation.
2
On the i-Vu® Pro server, open Internet Explorer®.
3
Select Tools or
4
On the Connections tab, click Setup.
5
Follow the instructions in the wizard. See Windows Help for assistance.
6
In a text editor such as Windows Notepad, open i-Vu_Pro_x.x\webroot\<system>\ system.properties.
7
At the end of the file, type the following line:
> Internet Options.
repactions.connection.name=<name of connection>
where <name of connection> is the ISP name you entered in the wizard in step 2.
8
Open Internet Explorer, then select Tools > Internet Options > Connections tab.
9
If the box under Dial-up and Virtual Private Network settings shows more than one connection, select the
connection that you just created, then click Set Default.
10 Select Always dial my default connection.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
77
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Send SNMP Trap
The Send SNMP Trap alarm action sends an SNMP trap in response to receiving an alarm. Traps contain the text
created in the Text to send as the SNMP Trap field in the alarm action dialog box. You can configure up to five
SNMP servers to receive traps.
NOTES
•
The i-Vu® Pro application supports SNMP v1.
•
Each SNMP server you want to receive these traps must have SNMP monitoring equipment installed. If
problems arise with your SNMP connection or receiving traps, contact your IS department.
•
This alarm action uses Port 162 to send SNMP traps. To use a different port, open iVu_Pro_x.x\webroot\<system_name>\system.properties in a text editor such as Notepad. In the line
#snmp.trap.port = 162, delete # at the beginning of the line and change 162 to the port you want to use. If
you make this change while the i-Vu® Pro Server application is running, you must restart it to have the
change take effect.
Field
Notes
Network Address*
The network address of the SNMP server receiving the SNMP trap.
Community Name*
The community name that the SNMP server belongs to.
Comment
The physical location of the SNMP server. This field is optional.
Trap number*
If the network administrator has configured trap numbers, type a unique number from
1 to 127.
NOTE The same trap number is used for all messages from this alarm action.
Text to send as the
SNMP Trap
255 character limit. Type punctuation, spaces, or returns after the entries to format
the message. You can customize this text by selecting field codes (page 88) from the
Append Field Code list.
Perform Action
By default, the i-Vu® Pro application performs an alarm action when the alarm source
generates an alarm and when it returns to normal. Under Perform Action, you can
choose to run the alarm action:
•
Only when the alarm source generates an alarm or when it returns to normal.
•
After a specified amount of time if the alarm has not been acknowledged or has
not returned to normal. Use this option for alarm escalation.
•
If the alarm occurs during the occupied hours defined for a schedule group or run
if the alarm occurs during the unoccupied hours defined for a schedule group.
EXAMPLE To have one alarm action performed during work hours and a different
alarm action performed after work hours:
1.
Create a schedule group (page 47), but do not assign members to it.
2.
Create a schedule for the group. Set the occupied hours to be the same as the
work hours.
3.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed during work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Occupied.
4.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed after work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Unoccupied.
* Ask your network administrator for this information.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
78
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Write Property
The Write Property alarm action writes a specified value to a BACnet property. You typically set up 2 alarm
actions, the first writes a value when the alarm occurs and the other writes a value when the return-to-normal
occurs.
Field
Notes
Expression
Type the path to the target property. To get the path, right-click the property on a
Properties page, then select Global Modify. The Geographic Location field in the
Advanced section shows the path. Click
to copy it.
NOTES
•
A BACnet Parameter microblock's present value cannot be written to directly.
However, you can change the present value by writing to the relinquish_default
property, or to the priority_array/priority16 property. For example, change
#rtu-1/vfd_ovrde/present_value to
#rtu-1/vfd_ovrde/relinquish_default, or
#rtu-1/vfd_ovrde/priority_array/priority16.
•
Do not use a BACnet address in this field.
Value to Write
Type the value you want to write to the microblock property. Type 0 or 1 for a binary
property.
Append field code to
value
Select field codes (page 88) to add this information to the Value to Write field.
Perform Action
By default, the i-Vu® Pro application performs an alarm action when the alarm source
generates an alarm and when it returns to normal. Under Perform Action, you can
choose to run the alarm action:
•
Only when the alarm source generates an alarm or when it returns to normal.
•
After a specified amount of time if the alarm has not been acknowledged or has
not returned to normal. Use this option for alarm escalation.
•
If the alarm occurs during the occupied hours defined for a schedule group or run
if the alarm occurs during the unoccupied hours defined for a schedule group.
EXAMPLE To have one alarm action performed during work hours and a different
alarm action performed after work hours:
1.
Create a schedule group (page 47), but do not assign members to it.
2.
Create a schedule for the group. Set the occupied hours to be the same as the
work hours.
3.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed during work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Occupied.
4.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed after work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Unoccupied.
Write to Database
The Write to Database alarm action stores alarm information in a table in the i-Vu® Pro alarm database or in a
custom database. Third-party applications can access the alarm information for building maintenance
management or alarm analysis. For example, an application can perform actions such as triggering a stored
procedure or running a report.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
79
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Writing to the i-Vu® Pro alarm database
When you add the Write to Database alarm action, by default the i-Vu® Pro application writes alarm information
to the write_db_ra table in the i-Vu® Pro alarm database. The following table describes the information that is
written to the database and gives the column name and data type you will need in order to access the alarm
information from a third-party application.
Description
Column Name
Data type
Alarm generation time
EVENT_TIME_
Datestamp
Path to the alarm source
Example: #slm/m073
SOURCE_PATH_
String
Display name path to the alarm source
Example: Atlanta Office/R&D Facility/Second Floor/VAV 21/Zone Temp
DISPLAY_NAME_
String
Alarm state
Example: OFF NORMAL, LOW LIMIT, HIGH LIMIT
EVENT_STATE_
String
Alarm text as defined in the Text to write to the database field on the
alarm action page. You can add live data to the text by selecting field
codes (page 88) from the Append Field Code list.
RA_TEXT_
String
Perform Action
By default, the i-Vu® Pro application performs an alarm action when the alarm source
generates an alarm and when it returns to normal. Under Perform Action, you can
choose to run the alarm action:
•
Only when the alarm source generates an alarm or when it returns to normal.
•
After a specified amount of time if the alarm has not been acknowledged or has
not returned to normal. Use this option for alarm escalation.
•
If the alarm occurs during the occupied hours defined for a schedule group or run
if the alarm occurs during the unoccupied hours defined for a schedule group.
EXAMPLE To have one alarm action performed during work hours and a different
alarm action performed after work hours:
1.
Create a schedule group (page 47), but do not assign members to it.
2.
Create a schedule for the group. Set the occupied hours to be the same as
the work hours.
3.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed during work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Occupied.
4.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed after work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Unoccupied.
NOTES
•
To keep the database table from growing too large, you must delete old entries using a third-party database
application. You cannot view, edit, or delete entries in the i-Vu® Pro interface.
•
If your system uses an Access or Derby database, you cannot open the database in a third-party application
while the i-Vu® Pro or SiteBuilder application is running.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
80
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Writing to a custom database
The i-Vu® Pro application can write alarm information to the following types of custom databases. The custom
database does not have to be the same type as the i-Vu® Pro database.
•
•
•
SQL Server
MySQL
PostgreSQL
You may create a table in an existing third-party database or create a new database.
Using your database management tool, create a table in your custom database that includes fields for each alarm
field code to be written to the table. Each field length in the table should be as long as the longest value to be
written to that field.
To set up writing to a custom database instead of the i-Vu® Pro alarm database, check Specify Custom Database
on the Alarms page Actions tab, then enter information in the remaining fields. See table below.
Field
Notes
Text to write to the
database
The text is made up of field codes (page 88) that add live data to the text. You can
select additional field codes from the Append Field Code list.
NOTE To write the text in this field to the custom database, you must include the
Report Text field code ($report_text$) in the Database Insert String field described
below.
Database Connect
String
For database type...
SQL Server
MySQL
PostgreSQL
The connect string format is...
jdbc:odbc:<odbc_alias>
jdbc:mysql://<host>:<port>/<instance>
jdbc:postgresql://<host>:<port>/<instance>
Database Login and
Password
The login and password to connect to the database.
Database Insert String
Use the following format:
Insert into <TABLE_NAME> (<column1_name>, <column2_name> ...) values
(<$field_code1$>, <$field_code2$>, ...)
Example:
Insert into i-Vu Pro_ALARMS (TIME_, LOCATION_, TO_STATE_, TEXT_) values
($generation_time$, $location_path$, $to_state$, $report_text$)
NOTES
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
•
You can add field codes (page 88) to the Insert String using the Append Field
Code list.
•
If you add a timestamp type field code (for example, $generation_time$), you
should have the data go into a timestamp data type field in the custom database.
Otherwise, you must use field code formatting (page 88) to format the time.
•
You can add only one Database Insert String per alarm action.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
81
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Field
Notes
Perform Action
By default, the i-Vu® Pro application performs an alarm action when the alarm source
generates an alarm and when it returns to normal. Under Perform Action, you can
choose to run the alarm action:
•
Only when the alarm source generates an alarm or when it returns to normal.
•
After a specified amount of time if the alarm has not been acknowledged or has
not returned to normal. Use this option for alarm escalation.
•
If the alarm occurs during the occupied hours defined for a schedule group or run
if the alarm occurs during the unoccupied hours defined for a schedule group.
EXAMPLE To have one alarm action performed during work hours and a different
alarm action performed after work hours:
1.
Create a schedule group (page 47), but do not assign members to it.
2.
Create a schedule for the group. Set the occupied hours to be the same as the
work hours.
3.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed during work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Occupied.
4.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed after work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Unoccupied.
Write to File
The Write to File alarm action can do either of the following:
•
Record alarm information in a standard ASCII text file that you can view and edit using a text editor such as
Windows® Notepad.
•
Write a i-Vu® Pro report to a file.
Field
Notes
File Name
Path name for the file you want to write to such as
c:\i-Vu_Pro_x.x\webroot\alarms.txt.
•
•
•
•
If you do not specify a path, the file is written to the system folder.
If you type a path that does not exist, the i-Vu® Pro application will create the
necessary folders.
You can write to one of the following:
- a file on the server
- a networked computer if you map the network drive. Use
the drive mapping in the path from the server to the computer.
The path name may contain field codes (page 88).
Write as File
Select to record alarm information in a text file.
Append
Select to append new alarm information to the end of the file instead of writing over
existing data.
NOTE Because you can append new alarm information to the end of the file, this file
can become very large. You must back up and delete this file frequently if you are using
this alarm action with many alarms.
Text to write to the file
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Use punctuation, spaces, or returns after the entries to format the text.
To add live data to the text, select field codes (page 88) from the Append Field Code
list.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
82
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Field
Notes
Write as Report
Select to write a i-Vu® Pro report to a file, then select the Report and the Format.
NOTE The Report Name field shows a custom report only if it was created at the current
system level.
Run as shows the name and login name of the operator creating the alarm action. The
report will be run using the privileges and report options of this operator.
TIP You may want to create a new operator with limited privileges for this purpose.
Perform Action
By default, the i-Vu® Pro application performs an alarm action when the alarm source
generates an alarm and when it returns to normal. Under Perform Action, you can
choose to run the alarm action:
•
Only when the alarm source generates an alarm or when it returns to normal.
•
After a specified amount of time if the alarm has not been acknowledged or has not
returned to normal. Use this option for alarm escalation.
•
If the alarm occurs during the occupied hours defined for a schedule group or run if
the alarm occurs during the unoccupied hours defined for a schedule group.
EXAMPLE To have one alarm action performed during work hours and a different
alarm action performed after work hours:
1.
Create a schedule group (page 47), but do not assign members to it.
2.
Create a schedule for the group. Set the occupied hours to be the same as the
work hours.
3.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed during work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Occupied.
4.
Create the alarm action that is to be performed after work hours. Under
Perform Action, select If schedule group <your new group> is Unoccupied.
Setting up an alarm source in the i-Vu® Pro interface
In the i-Vu® Pro interface you can:
•
Edit an alarm source’s settings or set up a new alarm source to generate alarms.
•
Select Properties page > Alarm Sources tab to set up all alarms associated with a particular piece of
equipment
•
Simulate an alarm to test its setup.
To set up, edit, or disable alarm sources
To set up, edit, or disable a single alarm source
1
On the navigation tree, select the control program.
2
Click Alarms, then select the Enable/Disable tab.
3
Make changes to the fields as needed. The fields can vary for different types of alarm sources. See table
below.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
83
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
4
Click Accept.
TIP To set up all the alarms for a piece of equipment at once, click Properties, then select Alarm Sources.
Field
Notes
Potential alarm source
Check to enable the alarm source to generate alarms. Uncheck to disable the alarm
source.
Alarm enabled
Check to have the alarm source generate an alarm when the specified conditions
occur.
•
For a binary input, enter the conditions for generating an alarm.
•
For an analog input, type the low and high limits that, when exceeded, will
generate an alarm.
Deadband The amount inside the normal range by which an alarm condition must
return before a return-to-normal notification is generated.
EXAMPLE
NOTE If the Status checkbox is selected, the alarm condition currently exists.
Return to Normal
Check to have the alarm source generate a return-to-normal when the alarm
condition returns to a normal state.
Alarm requires
acknowledgement
Check to have the i-Vu® Pro application require that an operator acknowledge the
alarm.
Return requires
acknowledgement
Check to have the i-Vu® Pro application require that an operator acknowledge the
return-to-normal.
Classified as critical
This property determines the color of the system-wide alarm button when the alarm
comes in.
= Critical
Event State
The current state of the alarm source can be:
•
•
•
•
•
BACnet
Configuration:
= Non-critical
Normal—value is normal
Off normal—the value is not normal (binary only)
Fault—the alarm source microblock may be misconfigured
High Limit—the value exceeds the normal range (analog only)
Low Limit—the value is below the normal range (analog only)
N/A
Dial on alarm
Notification Class
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Do not change this field.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
84
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To set up, edit, or disable multiple alarm sources simultaneously
1
On the navigation tree, select the area, equipment, or controller containing the alarm sources.
2
Click Alarms, then select the Enable/Disable tab.
3
In step 1, select the categories that contain the alarm sources.
NOTE In step 1 and step 2, Ctrl+click, Shift+click, or both to select multiple items, or select the Select All
checkbox.
4
In step 2, select the alarm sources.
5
Make appropriate changes in step 3.
6
Click Accept.
NOTE Click View Selected Sources to view or change settings for each alarm.
To simulate an alarm
To test the setup of an alarm source and its alarm actions (page 67), you can simulate an alarm or its return-tonormal.
1
On the navigation tree, select the alarm source whose alarm you want to simulate.
2
Click Properties > Alarm Sources tab.
3
Click on an alarm point that is labeled as (BALM) or (CALM) and is enabled as a Potential Alarm Source (fifth
column from the left).
4
In the dialog box that opens, select Alarms and then the Enable/Disable tab.
5
Check Enable next to Alarm or Return to Normal.
6
Click Simulate next to Alarm or Return to Normal.
7
Click Accept.
8
Select the controller on the navigation tree, then select the Alarms > View tab to see the alarm.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
85
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To view all instances of an alarm source
To find all instances of an alarm source at and below a selected area:
1
On the navigation tree, select an area.
2
Click Alarms and select the Actions, Enable/Disable, or Category tab.
3
Select an alarm source from the list in step 2.
4
Click View Selected Sources.
NOTE You may be able to change settings that relate to the tab you selected.
Alarm categories
Alarm categories sort related alarm sources and their alarms into groups such as HVAC Critical and Access Control
General. Alarm categories let you:
•
View, acknowledge, or delete selected categories of alarms (page 62) received by the i-Vu® Pro application
•
Assign alarm actions (page 67) to selected categories of alarm sources
•
Set up alarm sources (page 83) in selected categories
Each alarm source is assigned to an alarm category in either the Snap application or in the i-Vu® Pro interface.
To assign alarm sources to a category in the i-Vu® Pro interface
1
On the navigation tree, select the area, equipment, or controller containing the alarm sources.
2
Click Alarms, then select the Category tab.
3
In step 1, select the category that currently contains the alarm sources.
NOTE In step 1 and step 2, Ctrl+click, Shift+click, or both to select multiple items, or check Select All.
4
In step 2, select the alarm sources whose category you want to change.
5
In step 3, select a category from the drop-down list, then click Change.
6
Click Accept.
To add a custom alarm category
1
Click
2
Click
3
Click Add. See table below.
4
Click Accept.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
> System Options.
to the left of Categories, then click Alarm.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
86
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Field
Notes
Reference
Name
Must be unique in the database, be lowercase, and not contain any spaces. If you added this
category in the Snap application, the Reference Name must be identical to the name in Snap.
Icon
Type /_common/lvl5/graphics/event_categories/<file_name>.gif, replacing
<file_name> with the name of the icon file you want to use. The event_categories folder
contains all alarm icons used by i-Vu® Pro plus the following icons that you can use for a
custom category.
•
boilerplant_*.png
•
electricpower_*.png
•
level_1_*.png
•
level_2_*.png
•
level_3_*.png
•
level_4_*.png
•
level_5_*.png
* represents closed, critical, general, or maintenance
NOTE You can create your own 24 x 24 pixel icon (.gif or .png) and store it in the
event_categories folder. However, your custom file will not be transferred during a i-Vu® Pro
upgrade, so you will need to copy the file to the new install directory after the upgrade.
Edit alarm messages
To edit the message for an alarm source
1
On the navigation tree, select the controller.
2
Select Properties > Alarm Sources tab and double-click the underlined name of point to open the microblock
popup.
3
In the dialog, select Alarms > Messages tab.
NOTE Sample Alarm Message and Sample Return Message show the messages as they are currently
defined.
4
Enter the edited message you want to appear in the field for Alarm or Return. You can add live data to the
text by selecting field codes (page 88) from the Append Field Code list.
5
Click Accept.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
87
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Using field codes
Use field codes to insert live data into:
•
The message on an alarm action
•
Text displayed on the Alarms page > View tab
•
Alarm information archived to a text file when an alarm is deleted
You can customize the setup of each of these items by appending field codes. For example, to have the message
in an alarm action include the device that generated the alarm, append the Device field code to the action's
message.
Formatting field codes
You can type a formatting command after a field code to format the field code in one of the following 3 ways:
•
Format a number field code (Example: ##.##)
•
Format a date/time field code (Example: MM/dd/yyyy hh:mm:ss)
•
Left, right, or center align a field code and set the field width
A formatting command must have the following syntax:
Use the table below to determine the format_type and style for a formatting command.
format_type
style
Example
To format a
number
N
The actual formatting, such
as ##.##. The basic format
uses the pound sign (#) to
represent a number. For
more information, search
the Internet for "customizing
number formats with java".
To always truncate a setpoint
value to two digits to the right of
the decimal, the field code is:
$setpoint_value%N:##.##$
For example, 78.9935 becomes
78.99.
To format
date/time
D
The actual formatting, such
as MM/dd/yyyy hh:mm:ss.
For more information,
search the Internet for
"customizing date time
formats with java".
To show the date and time when
an alarm is generated in a format
like 03/15/2004 10:50:43, the
field code is:
$generation_time%D:MM/dd/yyyy
hh:mm:ss$
To set alignment
and field width
L for left align
R for right align
C for center align
Indicate the field width by
number of characters.
To left align the name of the
device that generated the alarm
and set the field width to 15
characters, the field code is:
$device%L:15$
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
88
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Using multiple formatting commands
You can type multiple formatting commands for a field code. For example, you can format a number and then set
the alignment and field width. The syntax for multiple formatting commands is:
$fieldcode%format_type1:style%format_type2:style$
EXAMPLE To format the alarm date and time, center it and set the field at 20 characters, the field code is:
$generation_time%D:MM/dd/yyyy hh:mm:ss%C:20$
NOTE You must enter the date/time or number formatting command before the alignment/field width command.
Field Codes
Field Code Name
Field Code
Description
Acknowledge
Operator
$acknowledge_operator$
The operator who acknowledged the alarm.
EXAMPLE John Doe
Acknowledge Time
$acknowledge_time$
The time when the operator acknowledged the alarm.
EXAMPLE Nov 12, 2012 6:46:31 PM
Alarm Category
$alarm_category$
The alarm category that the alarm is assigned to.
EXAMPLE HVAC Critical
Alarm Priority
$alarm_priority$
The priority number associated with the alarm's priority
(Off-Normal, Fault, or Normal) on the controller's Driver >
Notification Class page.
Alarm Type
$alarm_type$
The alarm type of the alarm source.
EXAMPLE CHANGE OF STATE
Character
$c$
A single ASCII character. Often used for form feeds and
other printer escape sequences.
EXAMPLE $C:65$ displays A
Command Value
$command_value$
The commanded value from the alarm source. Valid only
for alarm type COMMAND FAILURE.
EXAMPLE 3
Control Program
$equipment$
The display name of the equipment where the alarm
came from.
EXAMPLE Chiller
Controller
$device$
The display name of the device where the alarm came
from.
EXAMPLE UPC Open
Dead Band
$deadband$
The deadband value from the alarm source. Valid only for
alarm type OUT-OF-RANGE.
EXAMPLE 5
Deletion Operator
$deletion_operator$
The operator who deleted the alarm.
EXAMPLE John Doe
Deletion Time
$deletion_time$
The time the alarm was deleted.
EXAMPLE Nov 12, 2012 6:46:31 PM
Error Limit
$error_limit$
The error limit, from the alarm source. Valid only for alarm
type FLOATING LIMIT.
EXAMPLE 90
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
89
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Field Code Name
Field Code
Description
Event Values
$event_values$
Returns a string of alarm values associated with the
alarm.
Exceeded Limit
$exceeded_limit$
The exceeded limit value from the alarm source. Valid only
for alarm type OUT-OF-RANGE.
EXAMPLE 90
Exceeding Value
$exceeding_value$
The exceeding value from the alarm source. Valid only for
alarm type OUT-OF-RANGE.
EXAMPLE 91
Fault
$fault$
The status of the fault condition from the alarm source.
EXAMPLE True or false
Field Message
$field_message$
Text generated in the alarm by the controller.
Feedback Value
$feedback_value$
The feedback value from the alarm source. Valid only for
alarm type COMMAND FAILURE.
EXAMPLE 10
From State
$from_state$
The previous state of the alarm source.
EXAMPLES NORMAL, FAULT, OFF NORMAL, HIGH LIMIT,
LOW LIMIT
Generation
Operator
$generation_operator$
The operator who forced the alarm to return to normal.
EXAMPLE John Doe
Generation Time
$generation_time$
The time in the controller when the alarm was generated.
EXAMPLE Nov 12, 2012 6:35:18 PM
In Alarm
$in_alarm$
The in alarm status from the alarm source.
EXAMPLE True or false
Incident Closed
Time
$incident_closed_time$
The time the alarm's entire incident group closed.
EXAMPLE Nov 12, 2012 6:46:31 PM
Location Path
$location_path$
Displays the path display names from root to source.
EXAMPLE Building B / Basement / VAV AHU B /
SSP_STOP
Long Message
$long_message$
The formatted alarm long text displayed by double-clicking
the alarm on the Alarms page.
Message Details
$message_details$
The message details displayed on the Alarms page View
tab.
Message Prefix
$message_prefix$
The message prefix displayed on the Alarms page View
tab.
Message Text
$message_text$
The message text displayed on the Alarms page View tab.
New State
$new_state$
The status of new state from the alarm source. Valid only
for alarm type CHANGE OF STATE.
EXAMPLE Alarm, Fault
New Value
$new_value$
The new value from the alarm source. Valid only for alarm
type CHANGE OF VALUE.
EXAMPLE 70
Notification Class
$notification_class$
The notification class assigned denotes how the received
alarm was generated. For example, if set to 1, the alarm
would typically be sent to i-Vu® Pro by Carrier controllers.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
90
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Field Code Name
Field Code
Description
Object ID
$object_ID$
Object ID of the alarm source.
EXAMPLE 5:26
Out of Service
$out_of_service$
The status of 'out of service' from the alarm source.
EXAMPLE True or false
Overridden
$overridden$
The status of 'overridden' from the alarm source.
EXAMPLE True or false
Program ID
$program_id$
The address of the control program that generated the
alarm.
BACnet program address format:
device ID, program number
EXAMPLE 2423101,1
Receive Time
$receive_time$
The time at the workstation when the alarm was received.
EXAMPLE Nov 12, 2012 6:46:31 PM
Recipient Device
ID
$device_id$
The device ID of the device where the alarm came from.
EXAMPLE 8:2423101
Reference Path
$reference_path$
Path to alarm source. Available in all alarm actions.
EXAMPLE #e_b_vav_ahu_b/ssp_stop
Reference Value
$reference_value$
The 'reference value' from the alarm source. Valid only for
alarm type FLOATING LIMIT.
EXAMPLE 83
Referenced
Bitstring
$referenced_bitstring$
The value of the 'referenced bitstring' value from the
alarm source. Valid only for alarm type CHANGE OF
BITSTRING.
EXAMPLE 1011011101101
RTN Time
$RTN_time$
The time when the alarm returned to normal.
EXAMPLE Nov 12, 2012 6:46:31 PM
Setpoint Value
$setpoint_value$
The 'setpoint value' from the alarm source. Valid only for
alarm type FLOATING LIMIT.
EXAMPLE 72
Short Message
$short_message$
The formatted alarm short text.
Site
$site$
The display name of the site the alarm came from.
EXAMPLE Kennesaw
Source
$source$
The display name of the alarm source microblock that
generated the alarm.
EXAMPLE SAT_HI
Source description
$source:description$
The Description field of the alarm source microblock that
generated the alarm.
EXAMPLE High Cooling Supply Air Temp
Source Path
$source:<path>$
Substitute <path> with the path to the value your want to
display. See Defining i-Vu® Pro paths (page 123).
Example to add text value:
$source:~equipment.display-name$
NOTE You can use Global Modify (page 29) to get the
path.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
91
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Field Code Name
Field Code
Description
System Directory
$system_dir$
i-Vu® Pro only:
The system folder name.
EXAMPLE c:\<i-Vu_Pro_>x.x\webroot\ world_corporation
To State
$to_state$
The current state of the alarm source.
EXAMPLES NORMAL, FAULT, OFF NORMAL, HIGH LIMIT,
LOW LIMIT
Reports
Use i-Vu® Pro reports to monitor and troubleshoot your system. In the i-Vu® Pro interface, you can:
•
View preconfigured reports
•
Create custom reports
See the table below for a list of all reports.
The Reports button drop-list varies depending on what you
selected in the navigation tree and if you have created any
custom reports at or above the selected location.
A report shows data for the selected item and all of its
children.
This preconfigured report...
allows you to...
Schedules
Schedule Instances
Find every schedule with its location that is entered at and below a selected tree
item. This report can help you discover newly added and conflicting schedules.
Effective Schedules
View all equipment that may be scheduled and the net result of all schedules in
effect for a selected date and time.
Commissioning
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
92
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
This preconfigured report...
allows you to...
Test & Balance
View the damper calibration parameters.
Run this report after performing Test and Balance to upload all calibrations and
resolve parameter mismatches.
•
Running the report at the equipment level of the navigation tree uploads to
that location
•
Running the report at the system or router level will upload to all equipment
that contain one or more airflow microblocks.
CAUTION! After performing Test and Balance, you must run the Test and Balance
report to upload the values from the controller to the i-Vu® Pro application. You
will lose all your calibrations if you download to the controller before running this
report.
Equipment Checkout
View the information on the Equipment Checkout tab of the equipment's
Properties page during commissioning. Also, find equipment that has not been
fully commissioned.
Alarms
Alarms
View, sort, and filter the information on the Alarms View (page 62) tab.
Alarm Sources
Create a summary of potential alarm sources as configured on the Alarms >
Enable/Disable (page 83) tab.
Alarm Actions
Create a summary of the information configured on the Alarms > Actions (page
67) tab.
Equipment
Point List
View the details of all points. Verify that all points have been checked out during
commissioning. Also, create custom lists for other contractors. For example,
create a list of BACnet IDs.
Locked Values
Find all locked points and locked values.
NOTE Locks in the Airflow microblock are not reported.
Network IO
Verify the programming and status of all network points—especially useful for
commissioning controllers used for third-party integration.
Trend Usage
Creates a summary of the information configured on the Trends >
Enable/Disable (page 54) tab.
Parameter Mismatch
Discover where your system has parameter mismatches that need to be
resolved.
Security
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
93
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
This preconfigured report...
allows you to...
Location Audit Log
View chronological lists of changes, the operators that made them, and the
reasons for the changes. This report includes changes such as property edits,
downloads, driver changes, and view changes.
Select the Options tab to choose whether to show the changes made by All
Operators, System, Installer, or specific operators. You can show administration,
system, and schedule group changes.
System Audit Log
View chronological lists of system-wide changes, the operators that made them,
and the reasons for the changes. This report includes changes such as any
change made on the tree, login/logout, and scheduled processes like deleting
expired trends.
Select the Options tab to choose whether to show the changes made by All
Operators, System, Installer, or specific operators.
Network
Equipment Status
Display the thermographic color, status, and prime variable of each control
program.
Controller Status
Discover network communication problems (shown as purple squares on the
report) that need troubleshooting. The report also shows boot and driver version,
download information, and if controller has 4.x or later driver, the report shows
the serial number and Local Access port status.
This custom report...
allows you to...
Equipment Summary
View the following information for equipment at or below the location where the
report was created:
•
Color
•
Active alarm
•
Locked values
•
Current value of selected points
•
Combined schedule
See To create an Equipment Summary report (page 96).
Equipment Values
Compare point information. See To create an Equipment Values report (page
96).
Trend Samples
View trend values for a particular time frame. See To create an Trend Samples
report (page 98).
NOTE The Send E-mail alarm action (page 75) can run any i-Vu® Pro report and attach it to the email. The report
can be a PDF, HTML, XLS, or CSV file.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
94
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To run a report
1
Select an item on the navigation tree.
NOTE A report shows data for the selected tree item and all its children.
2
Click the Reports button drop-down arrow, then select a report.
3
On the Options tab, define the layout and content of the report.
NOTES
○
Changing the size and orientation of the printed page also changes the report layout on the View tab.
○
To create a CSV (Comma Separated Values) file after you run the report, select Support CSV text format.
See To create a PDF, Excel spreadsheet, or CSV file (page 95).
○
The current operator's report options are saved so that when that operator logs in again, the same
options are used.
4
Click Run.
5
Click PDF if you want to print the report.
To create a PDF, XLS, or CSV file
PREREQUISITE FOR CSV You must enable Support CSV text format on the Reports > Options tab before you run
the report.
1
Run a report.
2
Click PDF, XLS, or CSV.
NOTE To create a CSV file when using Safari, see instructions below.
3
For XLS or CSV, click Open to view the file or Save to save it.
To create a CSV file when using Safari
1
Run a report.
2
Click CSV. A pop-up displays the results.
3
Select File > Save As.
4
In the Format field, select Page Source.
5
Add the .csv extension to the file name.
6
Select the save location in the Where field.
7
Click Save.
8
Close the popup.
NOTE If you need a digitally signed PDF to comply with 21 CFR Part 11, open the PDF in a program that supports
digital signing such as the Adobe® Acrobat® application, then sign the PDF. The i-Vu® Pro application does not
support digital signing because 21 CFR Part 11 requires that the signature be added manually, not through an
automated process.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
95
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To create an Equipment Summary report
An Equipment Summary report can provide the following information for equipment at or below the location
where the report is created.
•
•
•
•
•
Color
Active alarm
Locked values
Current value of selected points
Combined schedule
To create an Equipment Summary report:
1
On the navigation tree, select the location where you want to view the report.
2
Click the Reports button drop-down arrow, then select New Report.
3
Select Equipment Summary.
4
Optional: Select a Category.
NOTE The Category field is visible only if you have defined report categories. See To organize custom reports
(page 100).
5
Type a name for the report.
6
Click Create.
7
Define the Title, Page Size and orientation, and the Maximum number of rows.
8
Check or uncheck the Optional Sections checkboxes as needed.
9
Optional: Check Include only specific control programs at or below this location, then type the names of the
control programs.
10 Select Available Points that you want to include in the report. Use Ctrl+click, Shift+click, or both to select
multiple items.
11 Click Add.
12 Click Accept.
13 Click Run.
NOTE To run this report later, go to the location where the report was created. Click the Reports button drop-down
arrow, select the report, then click Run.
To create an Equipment Values report
An Equipment Values report allows you to compare point information.
To create an Equipment Values report:
1
On the navigation tree, select the location where you want to view the report.
2
Click the Reports button drop-down arrow, then select New Report.
3
Select Equipment Values.
4
Optional: Select a Category.
NOTE The Category drop-down list is only visible if you have defined report categories. See To organize
custom reports (page 100).
5
Type a name for the report.
6
Click Create.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
96
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
7
Click
next to Rows.
8
On the selection tree, select the pieces of equipment you want to view in the report. (Use Ctrl+click,
Shift+click, or both to select multiple items.) Then click Add.
9
Optional: Check Highlight alternate rows to make the report easier to analyze.
10 Click Next or
next to Columns.
11 Verify or change the report Title, Page units of measure for defining column widths, and Outer border
characteristics.
12 Select a column in the report preview.
NOTE The selected column is light blue.
13 Under Column Header, define how you want the column header to look.
14 Under Column Data, define the data you want in the column and how you want it to look. See table below.
NOTE Select General from the Format drop-down list unless you want to define the number of places to the
right of the decimal point for the displayed value.
15 Optional: Use the Add, Delete, and arrow buttons below the report preview to manipulate the columns.
16 Optional: Click
next to Page to change the page size and orientation.
NOTE Changing the size and orientation of the printed page also changes the report layout on the View tab.
17 Click Accept.
18 Click Run.
NOTE To run this report later, go to the location where the report was created. Click the Reports button drop-down
arrow, select the report, then click Run.
Type of Column Data
Point
Displays point data in the column.
Display
Select the property to show in this column.
Data is named
differently in some
control programs
Select this checkbox if similar points have different names in
different control programs. Then add each of the names to the
Name to use list.
For example, if a point is named Zone Temp in one control
program and Zone Temperature in different control program, add
both names to the list.
Trend Sample
Point to use
Select the name of the point to show in the column.
Display
Select First, Minimum, Maximum, or Last recorded trend value.
Data is named
differently in some
control programs
Select this checkbox if similar points have different names in
different control programs. Then add each of the names to the
Name to use list.
For example, if a point is named Zone Temp in one control
program and Zone Temperature in different control program, add
both names to the list.
Trend to use
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Select the name of the point to show in the column.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
97
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Type of Column Data
Trend Calculation
Set
Click to have all columns in the report use the same time range.
Time Range
Select the time range to run the report for.
Display
Select the type of calculation to show in the column, Average or
Total.
Data is named
differently in some
control programs
Select this checkbox if similar points have different names in
different control programs. Then add each of the names to the
Name to use list.
For example, if a point is named Zone Temp in one control
program and Zone Temperature in different control program, add
both names to the list.
Trend to use
Select the name of the point to show in the column.
Set
Click to have all columns in the report use the same time range.
Time Range
Select the time range to run the report for.
Control Program
Display
Select Color, Display Name, Display Path, Notes, Prime Variable,
or Reference Name to show in the column.
Expression
Data is named
differently in some
control programs
Select this checkbox if similar points have different names in
different control programs. Then add each of the names to the
Name to use list.
For example, if a point is named Zone Temp in one control
program and Zone Temperature in different control program, add
both names to the list.
Type the path relative to the current control program. The path
must return a string value. See Defining i-Vu® Pro paths (page
123) for more information on paths.
Expression
To display the Notes on an equipment's Properties page, type
.notations in this field.
To create a Trend Samples report
A Trend Samples report provides trend values for a particular time frame.
To create a Trend Samples report:
1
On the navigation tree, select the location where you want to view the report.
2
Select the Reports button drop-down arrow, then select New Report.
3
Select Trend Samples.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
98
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
4
Optional: Select a Category.
NOTE The Category drop-down list is only visible if you have defined report categories. See To organize
custom reports (page 100).
5
Type a name for the report.
6
Click Create.
7
Select a Time Range from the drop-down list, then refine that option by selecting an option from the dropdown list(s) to the right.
8
Define the trend data.
NOTES
9
○
Calculate values for missing samples calculates a value based on the 2 closest values to the time
interval.
○
Find the closest sample displays the value closest to the time interval selected.
Optional: Check Highlight alternate rows to make the report easier to analyze.
10 Click Next or
next to Columns.
11 Verify or change the report Title, Page units of measure for defining column widths, and Outer border
characteristics.
12 Select a column in the report preview.
NOTE The selected column is light purple.
13 Under Column Header, define how you want the column header to look.
14 Under Column Data, select the source of the trend data and how you want the data to look.
NOTE Select General from the Format drop-down list unless you want to define the number of places to the
right of the decimal point for the displayed value.
15 Optional: Use the Add, Delete, and arrow buttons below the report preview to manipulate the columns.
16 Optional: Click
next to Page to change the page size and orientation.
NOTE Changing the size and orientation of the printed page also changes the report layout on the View tab.
17 Click Accept.
18 Click Run.
NOTE To run this report later, go to the location where the report was created. Click the Reports button drop-down
arrow, select the report, then click Run.
To save a custom report's design
You can save the design of an Equipment Values report or a Trend Samples report for reuse in another location.
Or, you can create a library of different report designs to pull from as needed.
To save a report's design
1
Create the Equipment Values (page 96) or Trend Samples (page 98) report.
2
On the Reports > Design tab, click the Save Report Design button.
NOTE The .reportdesign file includes the report name. If you save multiple report designs in your system,
each of those reports must have a unique name.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
99
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To use the report design at a different location in the system
1
Select the location in the navigation tree.
2
Select Reports > New Report.
3
In step 1, select Report design, then select the report name in the drop-down list.
4
In step 2, type a report Name.
5
In step 3, click Create.
To edit or delete a custom report
1
Select the item on the navigation tree where the report was created.
2
Click the Reports button drop-down arrow, then select the report you want to edit or delete.
3
Do one of the following:
○
Edit the report, then click Accept.
○
Click the Delete Report button, then click OK.
To organize custom reports
You can organize your custom reports by creating report categories that appear in the Reports button drop-down
list.
To add a report category
1
On the System Options tree, click
to the left of the Categories folder, then click Report.
2
Click Add.
3
Type the Category Name and Reference Name.
4
Select a privilege so that only operators with that privilege can access reports in the category.
5
Click Accept.
NOTES
•
•
To edit a category, select the category, make your changes, then click Accept.
To delete a category, select the category, click Delete, then click Accept.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
100
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Operator access
Privileges control which parts of the i-Vu® Pro system an operator can access. Privileges also control what an
operator can do and what he can change.
To set up operator access to your system:
1
Log in to the i-Vu® Pro application as the Administrator. See Operators and operator groups (page 105).
2
Define privilege sets by job function. See Privilege sets (page 101).
3
Enter each operator in the system by assigning him privilege sets and entering settings that apply only to him.
If you need to assign the same privilege set to multiple operators, you can create an operator group and
assign the privilege set to the group. See Operators and operator groups (page 105).
An operator can change many of his operator settings on the My Settings page (page 221).
To access the i-Vu® Pro interface, an operator must enter his user name and password. You can change the rules
for passwords in the advanced password policy (page 113).
Restricting operator access
To restrict access to your system, you can:
•
Restrict an operator's privileges
•
Use location-dependent operator access (page 109)
•
Change a microblock's Editing Privilege from Preset to a specific privilege. The microblock's properties will be
editable only by an operator that has that privilege.
CAUTION Each microblock property has a default Editing Privilege (represented by the Preset option)
that is appropriate for that property. Changing Preset to a specific privilege changes every property in the
microblock to the same privilege which may produce undesirable results.
Privilege sets
A privilege set is a group of one or more privileges (page 101). The Administrator creates privilege sets and
assigns them to operators and operator groups.
Privileges
This privilege...
allows an operator to...
Installer
•
Add, edit, and delete operators, operator groups, and privilege
sets.
•
Update the i-Vu® Pro system with service packs and patches.
•
Register the i-Vu® Pro software.
•
Enable and set up advanced security features such as locationdependent operator access (page 109) and the advanced
password policy (page 113).
•
Add and remove i-Vu® Pro add-ons.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
101
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
This Access privilege...
allows an operator to access (but not edit)...
Access System Tree
the Installer view pages.
Access Control Program Items
tables in the navigation tree or Properties pages.
Access Scheduling Groups
pages in the User view navigation tree for Schedule Groups.
Access System Options Items
under
Access Alarms
alarms.
Access Logic Pages
Logic pages.
This Parameter privilege...
allows an operator to edit properties such as...
Edit Setpoint Parameters
occupied and unoccupied heating and cooling setpoints.
Edit Setpoint Tuning Parameters
demand level setpoint offsets, color band offsets, heating and cooling
capacities and design temperatures, color hysteresis, and learning
adaptive optimal start capacity adjustment values.
Edit Tuning Parameters
gains, limits, trip points, hysteresis, color bandwidths, design
temperatures, and optimal start/stop.
Edit Manual Override Parameters
locks on input, output, and network points.
Edit Point Setup Parameters
point number, type, range, and network source and destination.
Edit Restricted Parameters
properties the installer restricted with this privilege.
Edit Category Assignments
Alarm, Graphic, Trend, and Report category assignments.
Edit History Value Reset
elapsed active time and history resets, and runtime hours.
Edit Trend Parameters
enable trend logging, log intervals, and log start/stop times.
Edit Calibration Parameters
point calibration offsets.
Edit Hardware Controller Parameters
module driver properties.
Edit Critical Configuration
critical properties the installer protected with this privilege.
Edit Area Name
area display names.
Edit Control Program Name
equipment display names.
Edit Alarm Configuration
enabling/disabling alarms and editing alarm messages, actions,
categories, and templates.
Edit Status Display Tables
tables available under Status.
Edit Maintenance Tables
tables available under Maintenance.
Edit User Config Tables
tables available under User Config.
Edit Service Config Tables
tables available under Service Config.
Edit Setpoint Tables
tables available under Setpoint.
Edit Time Schedule data Tables
tables available under Time Schedule.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
> System Options.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
102
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
This Functional privilege...
allows an operator to...
Manage Alarm Messages
and Actions
add, edit, and delete alarm messages and actions.
Maintain System Parameters
edit all properties on the System Options pages.
Maintain Schedules
add, edit, delete, and download schedules.
Maintain Schedule Group Members
add, edit, and delete schedule groups.
Maintain Categories
add, edit, and delete categories.
Acknowledge Non-Critical Alarms
acknowledge all non-critical alarms.
Acknowledge Critical Alarms
acknowledge all critical alarms.
Force Normal Non-Critical Alarms
force non-critical alarms to return to normal.
Force Normal Critical Alarms
force critical alarms to return to normal.
Delete Non-Critical Alarms
delete non-critical alarms.
Delete Critical Alarms
delete critical alarms.
Execute Audit Log Report
run the Location Audit Log and System Audit Log reports.
Download Controllers
mark equipment for download and initiate a download.
System Shutdown
issue the Shutdown manual command that shuts down i-Vu® Pro
Server.
Engineer System
•
•
•
•
Access Commissioning Tools
log in and make database changes in SiteBuilder.
use the copy, notify, reload, and revert manual commands.
access the navigation tree right-click menus in i-Vu® Pro.
Add text in the Notes field on an equipment's Properties page.
access:
•
•
•
•
Equipment Checkout
Airflow Configuration
Trend, Report, and Graphic categories that require this privilege
Discovery tool
Maintain Graphs and Reports
add, edit, and delete trend graphs and reports.
Maintain Connections
edit Connections page properties.
Remote File Management
access files using a WebDAV utility.
Remote Data Access-SOAP
retrieve i-Vu® Pro data through an Enterprise Data Exchange (SOAP)
application.
Do not audit changes made using
SOAP (Web services)
not have his SOAP (Web services) changes recorded in the Audit Log.
Manual Commands/Console
Operations
access the manual command dialog box and issue basic manual
commands.
Manual Commands/File IO
execute manual commands that access the server's file system.
Manual Commands/Adv Network
execute manual commands that directly access network
communications.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
103
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
This Functional privilege...
allows an operator to...
Manual Commands/Unrestricted
execute manual commands that bypass all safeguards and may
cause unpredictable results if used incorrectly.
Change My Settings
edit preferences on operator's My Settings page.
To create a custom privilege
You can assign a privilege to a Graphic, Property, Trend, or Report category so that only operators with that
privilege can access the category. You assign a category privilege on the page where you create or edit categories.
If all the other privileges are too widely used to accomplish the results you want, you can assign one of the five
Access User Category privileges to the operator(s) and category.
For example, your system has 2 graphics categories, HVAC and Lighting/Security. You want HVAC technicians to
see only the HVAC graphics and security personnel to see only the Lighting/Security graphics. To do this:
Assign...
To...
Results
Access User
Category 1
HVAC graphics category
and
HVAC technicians only
The security personnel cannot see the HVAC
graphics because they do not have Access User
Category 1.
Access User
Category 2
Lighting/Security Graphics category
and
Security personnel only
The HVAC technicians cannot see the
Lighting/Security graphics because they do not
have Access User Category 2.
To add or edit a privilege set
1
On the System Options tree, select Privilege Sets.
2
Click Add to create a new privilege set, or select a privilege set to edit.
3
Type the Name and Reference Name for the privilege set.
4
Check each privilege (page 101) that you want to include in the privilege set.
5
Click Accept.
CAUTION Include all required access privileges in a privilege set. For example, if you add Acknowledge NonCritical Alarms to a privilege set, also add Access Alarms to that privilege set.
TIP (Location-independent security only) To create a privilege set that is similar to an existing set, select the
existing set, then click Add. The privileges that are initially selected are identical to those of the existing set.
To delete a privilege set
1
On the System Options tree, select Privilege Sets.
2
Select the privilege set to be deleted.
3
Click Delete.
4
Click OK.
5
Click Accept.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
104
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Operators and operator groups
When you create a new system in SiteBuilder, you assign a login name and password to the administrator
operator. This administrator operator sets up each operator in the i-Vu® Pro interface by entering the necessary
settings and assigning one or more privilege sets (page 101) to the operator.
NOTES
•
The Installer privilege set has more privileges than the Administrator privilege set and is necessary for
commissioning equipment.
•
For security purposes, do use Administrator or Installer as the actual Login Name.
Operator groups give you the ability to assign privilege sets to a group of operators instead of the individual
operators. Operator groups are useful if you have multiple operators who need the same privilege set or you have
positions with high turnover rates. You can assign an operator to a group when you enter the operator or when you
create the operator group.
CAUTION Passwords can be forgotten. To ensure access to the i-Vu® Pro administrative functions, assign
the Installer or Administrator privilege set to at least 2 operators.
To add or edit an operator
1
On the System Options tree, select Operators.
2
Click Add to enter a new operator, or select an operator to edit his settings.
3
Enter information on this page as needed. See table below.
4
Click Accept.
Field
Notes
Login Name
The name the operator must type to log in to the system. This name must be unique
within the system.
Change password
Enable this field, then type the current and new password and then confirm. Limit is
minimum of 8 and maximum 40 characters of any type.
NOTE An operator can change his password on the My Settings page (page 221),
unless they have the Guest System-wide Privilege Set.
Force User to Change
Password at login?
Forces the operator to change his password immediately after his next login.
Exempt From
Password Policy
If Use advanced password policy is enabled on the System Settings > Security tab
(page 226), select this option if you do not want the policy to apply to this operator.
Logoff options
If Log off operators after __ of inactivity is enabled on the System Settings > Security
tab (page 226), select one of the 3 logoff options.
Personal Information
You can enter contact information for this operator.
NOTE Use this field with the Change Password field to create a temporary password
that the operator must change after his next login.
NOTE An operator can enter contact information on the My Settings page (page 221).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
105
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Field
Notes
Starting Location and
Starting Page
The i-Vu® Pro location and page that will be displayed after the operator logs in.
System-wide Privilege
Sets
Select the privilege set(s) that you want to assign to the operator. The Effective
System-wide Privileges list show which privileges the operator will have.
NOTES
•
Click Show current privileges only to see only the selected privilege sets and
privileges.
•
A grayed out privilege set with a group name beside it indicates the operator is
inheriting that privilege set from the group.
TIP To test the settings and privileges that you gave to an operator, you can open a second browser session
on your computer and log in as the operator. For instructions on opening a second session in the browser you are
using, see Setting up i-Vu® Pro client devices and web browsers (page 211).
To delete an operator
1
On the System Options tree, select Operators.
2
Select the operator.
3
Click Delete.
4
Click Accept.
To add or edit an operator group
1
On the System Options tree, select Operator Groups.
2
Click Add to create a new operator group, or select an operator group to edit it.
3
Type the Display Name and Reference Name for the operator group.
4
Under Members, select the operators and/or groups that you want to add to the new group.
5
Under Privilege Sets, select the privilege sets (page 101) that you want to assign to the new group.
NOTE To see what privileges are included in a privilege set, go to the Privilege Sets page and then select the
privilege set in the table.
6
Click Accept.
TIP Every operator is automatically a member of a permanent default group called Everybody. You can assign
privilege sets to this group.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
106
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To delete an operator group
1
On the System Options tree, select Operator Groups.
2
Select the operator group.
3
Click Delete.
4
Click Accept.
CAUTION When you delete an operator group, its individual members lose the privilege sets that were
assigned to the group.
To change My Settings
On the My Settings page, you can change settings, such as your:
•
•
•
Password
Viewing preferences
Contact information
NOTE The System Administrator can also change these settings on the Operators page.
To change your settings:
1
Click
> System Options > My Settings.
2
Make changes on the Settings or Contact Info tab. See table below.
3
Click Accept.
Field
Notes
Change password
Enable this field, then type your current and new password and then confirm.
Limit is minimum of 8 and maximum 40 characters of any type.
Starting Location and
Starting Page
The i-Vu® Pro location and page that will be displayed after you log in.
Language
The language and formatting conventions you want to see in the i-Vu® Pro
interface.
NOTE You must click Apply first if you have entered any other changes.
NOTES
•
If you will be using a language other than English, see Setting up your
system for non-English languages (page 241) for additional requirements.
•
If support for your selected language is removed in SiteBuilder, the i-Vu®
Pro application will automatically assign the System language to you.
Automatically collapse trees
Expands only one tree branch at a time.
Automatically download
schedules on each change
Select to automatically download all new schedules that you create and
schedules that you change.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
107
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Play sound at browser when
server receives
Check Non-critical alarms or Critical alarms if you want the system to audibly
notify you when that type of alarm is received.
You can specify a different sound file.
• Internet Explorer®, Firefox®, and Safari® support .wav, .mp3, or .au files.
• GoogleTM ChromeTM supports .wav or .mp3 files.
1
Put your file in the webroot\_common\lvl5\sounds folder.
2
In the Sound File field, replace normal_alarm.wav or critical_alarm.wav with
the name of your sound file.
NOTE You can put your sound file anywhere under the i-Vu_Pro_x.x folder, but
you must change the path in the Sound File field.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
108
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Advanced security
Location-dependent operator access
You can set up operator access to your system to be location-dependent. This type of operator access lets you
assign privileges to an operator only at locations in the system where he needs them. For example, you could
assign an operator mechanic privileges in one building in a system, view-only privileges in another building,
and no privileges in a third building.
i-Vu® Pro systems default to location-independent operator access in which an operator’s privileges apply
throughout the system. You should understand this type of operator access before switching to locationdependent. See Operator access (page 101) for more information on location-independent operator access.
To switch to location-dependent access
CAUTIONS
•
Create a backup of your system before you begin. Switching to location-dependent operator access
changes the configuration of operators and privilege sets. If you need to revert to location-independent
operator access, your previous configuration cannot be automatically restored.
•
If you change the policy after you create and assign privilege sets to operators, you may need to
reconfigure your operators’ privileges.
To switch to location-dependent operator access:
1
On the System Options tree, select System Settings.
2
On the Security tab under Security Policy, click Change Policy.
3
Follow the on-screen instructions.
System-wide privileges and privilege sets
When using location-dependent operator access, privileges are either system-wide or local.
System-wide privileges allow an operator to perform functions throughout the entire system, such as
performing a system shutdown.
You assign System-wide Privilege Sets to system-wide privilege sets and local privileges to local privilege sets.
Use the following table in planning which privileges to assign to a privilege set. For a description of each
privilege, see Privileges (page 101).
Check Show current privileges only.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
109
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
System-wide Privilege Sets
Effective System-wide Privileges
Administrator
Guest
Installer
Power User
Standard User
Access privileges
Access System Tree
Access Control Program Items
Access Scheduling Groups
Access System Options Items
Access Alarms
Access Logic Pages
Functional Privileges
Manage Alarm Messages and Actions
Maintain System Parameters
Maintain Schedules
Maintain Schedule Group Members
Maintain Categories
Acknowledge Non-Critical Alarms
Acknowledge Critical Alarms
Force Normal Non-Critical Alarms
Force Normal Critical Alarms
Delete Non-Critical Alarms
Delete Critical Alarms
Execute Audit Log Report
Download Controllers
System Shutdown
Engineer System
Access Commissioning Tools
Maintain Graphs and Reports
Maintain Connections
Remote File Management
Remote Data Access-SOAP
Do not audit changes made using SOAP
Manual Commands/Console Operations
Manual Commands/File IO
Manual Commands/Adv Network
Manual Commands/Unrestricted
Change My Settings
Parameter Privileges
Edit Setpoint Parameters
Edit Setpoint Tuning Parameters
Edit Tuning Parameters
Edit Manual Override Parameters
Edit Point Setup Parameters
Edit Restricted Parameters
Edit Category Assignments
Edit History Value Reset
Edit Trend Parameters
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
110
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
System-wide Privilege Sets
Effective System-wide Privileges
Edit Calibration Parameters
Edit Hardware Controller Parameters
Edit Area Name
Edit Control Program Name
Edit Alarm Configuration
Edit Status Display Tables
Edit Maintenance Tables
Edit User Config Tables
Edit Service Config Tables
Edit Setpoint Tables
Edit Time Schedule Data Tables
NOTES
•
For an operator to add, edit, or delete schedule groups, he must have the system-wide privilege Maintain
Schedule Group Members. He must also have the local privileges Access System Tree and Maintain
Schedules at each location that is a member of the schedule group.
•
If you switch to location-dependent operator access in a system that has operators and privileges set up,
the i-Vu® Pro application splits any existing privilege set containing local and system-wide privileges into
2 separate privilege sets - one local and one system-wide. Operators’ system-wide privilege sets still
apply throughout the system. The operators’ local privilege sets are automatically assigned at the system
level. You can then reassign the local privilege sets to the operators at the locations where they need
them.
To add a privilege set
Adding a privilege set using location-dependent operator access is the same as using location-independent
operator access except that you must select whether you are adding a system-wide or local privilege set. See
Privilege sets (page 101).
To assign privilege sets to an operator
Assign a system-wide privilege set to an operator on the Operators page in the same way you would assign
privilege sets in a system using location-independent operator access. See Operators and Operator Groups
(page 105).
Assign a local privilege set to an operator at locations on the navigation tree where he needs the privileges.
1
Select a location on the navigation tree.
2
Click Privileges.
3
On the Configure tab, click Add.
4
Select the operator or operator group.
5
Click OK.
6
Select the privilege set(s) that you want the operator to have.
7
Click Accept.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
111
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To delete a local privilege set assignment
1
On the navigation tree, select the location where the assignment was made.
2
Click Privileges.
3
Select the assignment under Privilege Set Assignments at this Level.
4
Click Delete.
5
Click Accept.
Restricting access in the system
Restricting an operator’s access to areas of the system
You can give an operator access to only a specific area of the system. All other areas will be either grayed out
or not visible when the operator logs in to the i-Vu® Pro interface.
EXAMPLE Assigning an operator the Access System Tree privilege for the Second Floor area only allows that
operator to see the Second Floor area and the controllers beneath that area. The First Floor or any other
areas are grayed out or not visible.
Full system access
Restricted access
Restricting all operator access to a location
To remove all operators’ local privileges from a location so that you can assign access only to a specific
operator(s), navigate to the location, select Privileges, then uncheck Inherit security privileges from above
this level.
Security Assignments Report
A Security Assignments Report shows an operator’s local and system-wide privileges and privilege sets at a
specific location.
1
Select the location on the navigation tree.
2
Click the Reports button drop-down arrow, then select Security > Security Assignments.
3
On the Options tab, select an operator.
4
Click Run.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
112
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Recording reasons for edits (21 CFR Part 11)
The i-Vu® Pro application can require an operator to record a reason for changing an equipment property
before it accepts the change. The i-Vu® Pro Audit Log report then displays the operator's name and the
recorded reason for making the change.
NOTE You cannot use WAP-enabled devices to change equipment that requires operators to log changes.
To set up equipment to require reasons for changes
1
On the navigation tree, right-click the equipment, then select Configure.
2
Check Require operator to record any changes to control program. Audit logging must be enabled.
NOTE You can enable audit logging on the System Options tree > System Settings > Security tab.
3
Click Accept.
To view reasons for changing equipment properties
1
On the i-Vu® Pro tree, select a piece of equipment that requires reasons for change.
2
Click the Reports button drop-down arrow, select Security > Location Audit Log or System Audit Log.
3
On the Options tab under Display the following columns, select the Reason checkbox.
4
Click Run.
Advanced password policy
You can set up a i-Vu® Pro password policy to meet your security needs.
1
On the System Options tree, select System Settings.
2
On the Security tab under Operators, enter information in the fields described below.
NOTE See System Settings (page 222) for information on all the other fields.
Field
Notes
Use advanced password policy
Enable this field to put restrictions on passwords.
An operator’s login name and password must be different when this
policy is enabled.
After you change the password policy, any operator whose password
doesn't meet the new requirements will not be locked out of the system,
but will be prompted to create a new password.
Passwords must contain
You can specify how many characters and which of the following types of
characters a password must contain:
•
•
•
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Numbers
Special characters—any keyboard character that is not a number or
letter.
Letters—uppercase, lowercase, or both.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
113
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Field
Notes
Cannot be changed more than once
every __ days.
Enter a number to limit how often users can change their passwords.
When set to 0, users can change them as often as they want.
May not be reused until __ different
passwords are used.
Enter a number between 1 and 20. Enter 0 to reuse passwords without a
delay.
Expire after __ days
Enable to set the number of days an operator can use his password
before the system requires him to change it. Enter a number between 1
and 999.
Force expiration
Click this button to force every user's password to expire. Each user will
be prompted to change their password when they next attempt to log in
to the i-Vu® Pro interface.
Advanced topics and features
Manual commands
To run a manual command:
1
Click
and then select Manual Command.
2
Type the manual command in the dialog box, then click OK.
TIP Ctrl+Shift+M also opens the dialog box.
You must have the Installer or Admin role to access the manual commands dialog box. Some commands are
restricted to the Installer role only.
Command
Description
addon
Opens a dialog box where you can upload, start, stop, or remove an add-on
program such as Tenant Override Billing.
autopilot location
In Internet Explorer® only–Displays the full path for the current location.
You can copy and paste the path into the autopilot.xml file that runs the iVu® Pro autopilot. See Running the i-Vu® Pro autopilot (page 119).
bacnet showindex
Displays all files (file name, size, date) downloaded to the selected
controller.
bbmd commands:
You must have the Installer Role to run bbmd commands.
bbmd read <IP address>
Reads the BBMD table of the controller at the given IP address.
For example, to display the BBMD table in the BACnet device router at IP
address 154.16.12.101, type:
bbmd read 154.16.12.101
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
114
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Command
Description
bbmd update <network
number>
Selects BBMDs on the specified network and marks them for download. If
no network is entered at the end of the command, all networks in the
system are scanned.
For example, if the network number is 888, type:
bbmd update 888
bbmd view <network
number>
Views the list of BBMDs that have been selected for the network number
at the end of the command. Assumes the update has been run.
For example:
bbmd view 888
bbmd write <table file> <IP
address>
Writes the BBMD table into the controller at the given IP address. See To
set up BBMDs through the i-Vu® Pro interface (page 140).
For example, to write the BBMD table in dallasbbmd.bdt into the BACnet
device router at IP address 154.16.12.101, type:
bbmd write dallasbbmd.bdt 154.16.12.101
bbmd clear <IP address>
Clears the BBMD for the specified controller.
For example:
bbmd clear 154.16.12.101
bbmd dump <network>
<file>
Writes to a file the BBMD from the specified controller.
checkurls
1
Finds all network point exp: expressions for the selected item on the
navigation tree.
2
Converts the exp: expressions to bacnet:// equivalent expressions that
the controllers use.
3
Compares the equivalent bacnet:// expressions to the bacnet://
expressions currently downloaded in the controllers.
4
Displays any mismatches.
For example:
bbmd dump 888 dallasbbmd.bdt
checkurls -p
Does the same as checkurls, then adds any mismatches to the download
queue as parameter downloads.
checkurls -v
Does the same as checkurls, but displays the exp: and bacnet://
expressions for all network points that were checked.
commstat
Gives a complete set of diagnostic information for all defined connections
as well as information regarding all modems in the system.
copy
Displays a global copy utility that allows you to selectively copy trend
graphs, custom reports and all editable properties from the selected
equipment to other equipment in the system with the same control
program. See To use Global Copy (page 31).
download commands:
Each of these commands performs an immediate download to a controller
for the selected control program, device, or driver.
download m
Downloads all content, including parameters, schedules, and BBMDs (if
applicable).
download p
Downloads parameters only.
download s
Downloads schedules only.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
115
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Command
Description
go commands:
go <refname or path>
Goes to the point in the system that is referenced.
For example:
go #oa_conditions
or
go vav_1/m28
go ~network
Takes you to the network the selected object’s controller is associated to.
go -logicpopup <refname>
Goes to the microblock pop-up for the microblock that is referenced. You
must run this command from the microblock’s equipment on the
navigation tree.
For example:
go -logicpopup rs
go <device ID>
Goes to a device on the navigation tree.
For example, to go to device 301205 referenced in a dead module alarm,
type:
go 301205
go <device ID>/<object
ID>
Goes to a device and object on the navigation tree.
go <object ID>
Goes to an object for the current device on the navigation tree.
For example:
go 300550/AI:3
For example, if a module alarm reports a control program Locked I/O
Alarm and references an error in program 11, click the link to go to the
device, then go to the object by typing:
go PRG:11
localhost
Shows the IP address of the i-Vu® Pro web server
logoffuser
Logs off a user (without warning the user).
Type a whoson manual command to view the IDs of logged in operators,
then type logoffuser x, where x is the user's ID.
markdownload commands:
These commands place the controller for the selected tree item on the list
to download at a later time. The download list can be viewed at the System
level on the Downloads page.
markdownload
Marks for an All Content download, that includes parameters, schedules,
and BBMDs (if applicable).
markdownload p
Marks for a Parameters download.
markdownload s
Marks for a Schedules download.
memory
Shows the amount of server memory allocated for the i-Vu® Pro
application and the amount being used.
memory -free
Releases unused server memory, then shows the i-Vu® Pro memory usage
before and after the release.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
116
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Command
Description
modstat commands:
These commands display a Modstat (page 145) report.
NOTE It is not necessary to download a controller before running a
Modstat on it. Binding takes place when you run the modstat.
modstat
modstat 8:<device instance
number>
Displays status of the controller at the current location, including:
•
Hardware components of the device
•
Software components of the device
•
Error conditions that may exist in the device
•
Date and time the device is using
Displays status for a specific controller in the IP network using the
controller’s ID. Your location in the system does not have to be the
controller you are querying.
For example:
modstat 8:489202
modstat mac:<network
number>,<media type>:
<mac address>
Displays a Modstat for a specific controller in the system using the
controller’s MAC address. Network number is the number of the network
this controller is on; media type is the type of network the controller is on;
MAC address can be either the controller address or the IP address and
depends on the controller’s media type.
Media types allowed are:
•
bacnet/ip or b
•
ms/tp
•
ethernet or e
or m
For example:
modstat mac:48161,arcnet:2
or
modstat mac:888,bacnet/ip: 172.16.101.119
notify
Sends a message to all operators currently logged in to the system. For
example, "The server is going to shut down in 5 minutes. Please log off." To
run this command, type: notify <your message>. The message
must use only alphanumeric characters. You must have the Installer role
to run this command.
paramupload
Uploads parameters (editable properties) to the i-Vu® Pro application from
the equipment or driver at the current location and below. If you want to
upload editable properties for all equipment under a particular router,
navigate to the router or the network on the navigation tree. You must
have the Installer role to run this command.
ping
Ping to verify communication between IP devices. You cannot ping devices
on non-IP networks. To run this command type: ping <hostname>
where <hostname> is the IP address or device name.
For example:
ping 192.168.168.1
(will ping the IP address 4 times)
rebootserver
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Restarts the i-Vu® Pro application. You must log back in to the i-Vu® Pro
interface if you want to continue. You must have the Admin or Installer role
to run this command.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
117
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Command
Description
rebuild
Rebuilds a Properties page. If you make changes to control program
property text in the Snap application, navigate to a control program in the iVu® Pro tree, and then run this command to see your changes.
reload
Reloads a control program. Use if you make changes to control program in
the Snap application. Reloading updates all instances of the control
program throughout the system and marks the controller(s) for download.
The i-Vu® Pro application determines the type of download based on what
changed in the control program. You must have the Installer role to run
this command.
restartmodule
Restarts the current controller. You must have the Installer role to run this
command.
rnet here
Overrides the address configuration of the Rnet host controller to allow a
subsequent All Content or Parameters download. Run this command if you
experience communication problems with the controller because the
controller’s network number does not agree with SiteBuilder’s network
number. Run this command from a control program, device or driver.
revert
Resets the selected driver or control program to its default values.
setdefault
Sets the current page as the default view for the selected action button
and the selected tree location. You must have the Installer role to run this
command.
shutdown
Shuts down the i-Vu Pro Server application. This stops communication
between the server and the client, but does not close any open i-Vu® Pro
pages. You must have the Admin or Installer role (System Shutdown
privilege) to run this command.
storetrends
Uploads trend data from the controller(s) to the database for all equipment
at and below the selected item on the navigation tree. This command
stores trend data for points that have Trend Historian enabled.
timesync
Synchronizes the time on all controllers at the current location and below
to the time on the server. Run this command only from a location on the
navigation tree. You must have the Installer role to run this command.
NOTE For CNN networks, executing a timesync on a controller sends the
timesync to its Gateway, and all the controllers under that Gateway.
updatedriver commands:
You must have the Installer role to run this command.
updatedriver
Updates the selected controller to the latest version of its driver.
updatedriver net
Updates the selected controller to the latest version of its driver and any
other controllers on the same network that use that driver.
updatedriver all
Updates the selected controller to the latest version of its driver and all
other controllers in the system that use that driver.
whereami
Displays the full path for the current location and gives the display and
reference names of the action button, category, instance and tab. If the
selected tree location differs from the location shown in the action pane
(for example, a point trend page), whereami returns information on both
locations.
Use this command when you create links in ViewBuilder.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
118
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Command
Description
whoson
Shows the list of users currently logged in to the i-Vu® Pro system, the IP
addresses from where they are logged on, what kind of interface they are
using (for example, lvl5 for a web browser on a computer), and how long it
has been since they have actively interfaced with the i-Vu® Pro system.
zap
Restarts the current controller. You must have the Installer role to run this
command.
Using DEBUG MODE
Debug Mode saves considerable time when troubleshooting custom control programs for programmable
controllers. Typical operating mode in the i-Vu® Pro application always downloads full source, which is timeconsuming. While operating in Debug Mode, full source is kept in the database and is not downloaded to the
controller.
CAUTION Never leave your i-Vu® Pro system without unchecking DEBUG MODE first and and then
downloading all content. The source files are not in the controller until you complete both steps.
To use DEBUG MODE
1
Select the custom control program in the navigation tree and either double-click it or right-click and
select Configure.
2
Check DEBUG MODE.
3
Download the new or edited control program. See Add or delete a custom control program (page 167)
and Change a control program or graphic (page 166).
4
Before logging out or switching to a different controller, select the control program in the navigation tree
and either double-click it or right-click and select Configure.
5
Uncheck DEBUG MODE.
6
Download All Content from the Downloads page, Devices page > Manage tab, or any page that has a
Download button.
Running the i-Vu® Pro autopilot
To monitor your i-Vu® Pro system, you can run the autopilot to display specified i-Vu® Pro pages at regular
intervals. You can run the autopilot on the i-Vu® Pro server or on one or more client computers. Each
computer can display a different set of pages.
REQUIREMENT You must have the Internet Explorer® web browser installed on any computer that will run
the autopilot. Autopilot is not supported on other web browsers.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
119
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To set up the i-Vu® Pro autopilot
1
Copy the i-Vu_Pro_x.x\autopilot folder from the i-Vu® Pro system to any location on the computer where
you will be running the autopilot.
2
In a text editor such as Windows® Notepad, open the autopilot.xml file in the new folder you created in
step 1.
CAUTION Do not open or edit the original autopilot.xml file in the i-Vu® Pro system. Keep this file to
set up the autopilot on other computers.
3
In the row that begins with <script, replace the highlighted text shown below with the information needed
to start your system.
NOTES
4
○
The Attribute list near the top of the file describes each field.
○
To prevent exposing someone's password in this file, create a generic user and password in the iVu® Pro interface.
Each pair of rows beginning with <navigate and <delay define a i-Vu® Pro page and how many seconds
the page should display. Follow the steps below to replace each <navigate line with information specific
to your system. Add or delete rows as needed.
a)
In the i-Vu® Pro interface, go to the page you want to display.
b)
Press Ctrl+M.
c)
Type autopilot location.
d)
Click OK.
e)
Copy the path to the Windows clipboard.
f)
In the autopilot.xml file, highlight a <navigate row, then press Ctrl+V to replace the highlighted text
with the copied i-Vu® Pro path.
NOTE To have the autopilot run a report, define the path to the report's View tab.
5
In the <delay row below each path, change 20 to the number of seconds you want to display the i-Vu®
Pro page.
6
Save the file.
To run the i-Vu® Pro autopilot
NOTE If your computer is running Windows Vista®, see To run autopilot with Windows Vista (page 121) before
starting the autopilot.
1
Start the i-Vu Pro Server application.
2
Run the autopilot.bat file that you created in step 1 of To set up the i-Vu® Pro autopilot (page 120).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
120
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
NOTES
•
•
To stop the autopilot, do one of the following:
○
Close the web browser.
○
Close the Command Prompt window that is running the autopilot.bat file to stop the autopilot but
leave the i-Vu® Pro interface running in the web browser.
If the autopilot does not start, open autopilot.log to see the error.
To run autopilot with Windows Vista
To run the autopilot with the Windows Vista® operating system, you must add the i-Vu® Pro URL to your web
browser's trusted sites.
1
In Internet Explorer®, select Tools or
> Internet Options.
2
On the Security tab, select the Trusted Sites icon, then click the Sites button.
3
Under Add this Web site to the zone, type the url that autopilot uses to start your system. See step 3 in
To set up the i-Vu® Pro autopilot (page 120).
4
Uncheck Require server verification (https:) for all sites in this zone.
5
Click Add.
6
Click OK to close both windows.
7
Close Internet Explorer to have the changes take effect.
System database maintenance
You should perform the following system maintenance on a regular basis.
To back up a system
The type of database your system uses determines the method you use to back up the system.
CAUTION Do Not use SiteBuilder's Replicate feature to back up your database.
For Apache Derby or SQL Server Express
1
Shut down the SiteBuilder and i-Vu Pro Server applications.
2
In the i-Vu_Pro_x.x\webroot folder, copy your system folder.
3
Paste the copy to a new location.
TIP Zip the copy before transporting it over a network or to a CD.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
121
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
For MySQL, MS SQL Server, or PostGreSQL
1
Follow the instructions above to copy your system folder in i-Vu_Pro_x.x\webroot.
2
Use the database management system's backup method. See To safely shut down the i-Vu® Pro
application for database server maintenance before doing any maintenance on your database server.
To compact and defragment
In a new i-Vu® Pro system, the records in a database are contiguous. As records are added, deleted, and
modified, the records become scattered in the database. This condition, called fragmentation, can slow down
system performance and increase the database size. Compact the database to correct this situation.
The files on the server's hard drive can also become fragmented. Defragment the hard drive to correct this
situation.
You should compact and defragment on a regular schedule such as once a month. But, you may need to do
these more often, depending on how often the data or files change.
NOTE Compacting a database may take several minutes to several hours, depending on its size.
TIP To minimize the effects of fragmentation, you should maintain at least 20% free disk space on the
server.
Compacting the database
The following databases are compacted dynamically—compacting occurs in the background when a database
is open.
•
•
•
•
MySQL
MS SQL Server
MS SQL Server Express
PostGreSQL
To compact a Derby database:
1
Shut down the SiteBuilder and i-Vu® Pro Server applications.
2
Open a Windows command prompt application and type cd c:\i-Vu_Pro_x.x, replacing x.x with
your system version number.
3
Click Enter.
4
Type "Derby Compression Tool.exe" <system name>.
5
Click Enter.
6
When compacting finishes, close the command window.
Defragmenting the server's hard drive
For all database types, use a defragmentation utility such as Windows Disk Defragmenter or Norton
SystemWorks.
NOTE If you are using a single computer as both the i-Vu® Pro server and the client, you must defragment
the disk more often than the disk of a dedicated server—especially if people access the Internet from this
computer.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
122
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To minimize the database size
The larger a database is, the less responsive it may become. Deleting closed alarm incident groups, expired
schedules, and expired historical trends on a regular basis will reduce the database size. You can set up your
i-Vu® Pro application to automatically delete these. See "System Settings > Scheduled Tasks tab (page 228)"
in i-Vu® Pro Help.
Defining i-Vu® Pro paths
A path tells the i-Vu® Pro application the route through the system hierarchy to an item in the system. For
example, a path tells the i-Vu® Pro application where to find a microblock property value to display on a
graphic or where to jump to when the operator clicks a link on a graphic.
In ViewBuilder, you use paths in:
•
Controls
•
Links
•
Conditional expressions
In i-Vu® Pro, you use paths in :
•
•
•
•
The source field code (page 88) in alarm actions and messages
An Equipment Values report (page 96)
The go manual command (page 114)
i-Vu® Pro only: Autopilot (page 119)
You can do one of the following to get the path:
•
In ViewBuilder, let ViewBuilder write the path.
•
In the i-Vu® Pro interface, determine the path yourself (page 124).
A path consists of the reference name of each tree item included in the path, separated by a forward slash
(/). For example, first_floor/zone_1/rs.
A path can be absolute (page 123) or relative (page 124).
i-Vu® Pro paths are based on parent-child hierarchy.
Absolute path
An absolute path begins at a specific point in the system hierarchy and is followed by the children below it
down to the object or property of interest. An absolute path can begin with either of the following:
•
A global reference name—a reference name that is unique within the entire system and begins with a #
sign.
EXAMPLE If OA Conditions has a global reference name of #oa_conditions, the absolute path to OA
Conditions is simply #oa_conditions. The absolute path to any child of OA Conditions, such as OA
Temperature, begins with #oa_conditions. For example, #oa_conditions/oa_temp.
•
The top of the i-Vu® Pro tree.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
123
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
Relative path
A relative path is useful for items such as graphics or alarm messages that you will reuse in multiple i-Vu®
Pro locations because the path is relative to the item that contains the path.
A relative path going down the tree
A relative path going down the tree begins with the reference name of the item below the location where the
path is used. Examples using the system shown above:
•
•
To display the Lobby’s zone temperature on the Lobby’s graphic, the path is rs.
To display the Lobby’s zone temperature on the Atlanta-R&D Facility graphic, the path is
first_floor/zone_1/rs.
A relative path going up the tree
A relative path going up the tree begins with a ~ followed by one of the options below:
Use...
To go...
Examples using the system shown above
~parent
Up one level
1
To put a link on the Lobby graphic that goes to the First
Floor graphic, the path is ~parent.
2
To put a link on the Lobby graphic that goes to the
Atlanta R&D Facility (up 2 levels), the path is
~parent/~parent.
3
To display the Lobby’s zone temperature on the Boiler
graphic, the path is ~parent/~parent/
first_floor/zone_1/rs/present_value.
~equipment
To the microblock's control
program
To display the Lobby zone temperature in a High Temp
alarm message, the path is ~equipment/rs/present_value.
~device
From a control program to its
device
To show the device name on an equipment graphic, use
~device.display-name.
Determining a path or microblock property
A path tells the i-Vu® Pro application the route through the system hierarchy to an item in the system. Paths
are used in graphics, links, alarm messages, alarm actions, network microblock address, and other items.
To get the path to an area, equipment, or microblock
In the i-Vu® Pro interface, right-click the item on the tree, then select Copy Path. Paste the path where you
need it.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
124
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
To get the path to a microblock property value
1
In the i-Vu® Pro interface, right-click the value, then select Global Modify.
2
Click Show Advanced to see the full path to the property value.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
125
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Using the i-Vu® Pro application
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
126
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Setting up networks
Setting up IP network communication
To set up an IP network:
1
Set the controllers' IP addresses. See:
Setting Open controller IP addresses (page 127)
Setting i-Vu® XT controller IP addresses (page 134)
2
Set up a BACnet/IP connection in the i-Vu® Pro interface (page 137)
3
Test the server-to-client connections (page 138)
4
Test the server-to-controller connections (page 139)
5
Set up BACnet Broadcast Management Devices if an IP router is used. (page 140)
NOTE The i-Vu® Pro server name must be less than 15 characters and must not contain hyphens or
underscores.
Setting Open controller IP addresses
For the i-Vu® Pro server to communicate with Carrier controllers on the IP network, the i-Vu® Pro server and
each controller must have the following:
•
•
•
IP address (unique and static)
Subnet mask
Default gateway address, if your system has a default gateway (IP router)
You can use one of the following IP addressing methods for a i-Vu® Pro system.
Use...
If...
DHCP addressing (page
128)
(requires v6.0 or later
controller drivers)
The IP network uses a DHCP server for IP addressing
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
127
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Use...
If...
Custom addressing
(page 129)
The answer to any of the following questions is yes and you do not have a DHCP
server.
Default addressing
(page 133)
•
Will the system share a facility's existing IP data network?
•
Will it have 199 or more Carrier IP devices, or 254 or more devices with static IP
addresses?
•
Will it be connected to the Internet?
•
Will it have at least one device located on the other side of an IP router?
•
Will it have any third-party controllers?
The answer to all of the above questions is no.
To set an Open controller's DHCP IP address
PREREQUISITES
•
A computer with a USB port
•
A USB Link cable
NOTE The USB Link driver is installed with a i-Vu® Pro v5.1 or later system. But if needed, you can get
the latest driver from http://www.silabs.com/products/mcu/Pages/USBtoUARTBridgeVCPDrivers.aspx.
Install the driver before you connect the USB Link to your computer
CAUTION If multiple controllers share power but polarity was not maintained when they were wired, the
difference between the controller's ground and the computer's AC power ground could damage the USB Link
and the controller. If you are not sure of the wiring polarity, use a USB isolator between the computer and the
USB Link. Purchase a USB isolator online from a third-party manufacturer.
1
Connect the laptop to the controller or sensor using the appropriate USB Link cable(s).
Connect to
Local Access port
Connect to
USB port
7 3/4 in.
12 ft
USB Link
NOTE If using a USB isolator, plug the isolator into your computer's USB port, and then plug the USB Link
cable into the isolator.
2
i-Vu® Open Router or i-Vu® Open Link only: Turn off the router's power, set its Router Config Mode DIP
switch to ON, then turn its power on again.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
128
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
3
In SiteBuilder, set your Configure > Preferences > Connections tab settings.
Field
Value
Port
The laptop's Com port number that the USB Link is connected to.
Baud Rate
115200
Data Bits
8
Parity
None
Stop Bits
1
4
On the Network tree, double-click the controller.
5
On the Address tab, click Module Status.
6
Note the controller’s Ethernet MAC address.
7
When finished, turn off the controller's power, set its Router Config Mode DIP switch to OFF to restore
normal functionality to the Local Access port, then turn the power on again.
8
Give the Ethernet MAC address to your DHCP network administrator and request that he reserve a static
IP address for that MAC address.
9
Get from him the reserved IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway address for your router.
10 Repeat steps 1 and 2.
11 Set the controller's DHCP/Assigned DIP switch to DHCP.
12 Repeat steps 3 and 4.
13 On the Address tab, select Specify a custom or DHCP IP Address.
14 Type the IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway Address that the DHCP network administrator
gave you.
15 Click Download Address.
16 i-Vu® Open Router or i-Vu® Open Link only: Turn off the router's power, set its Router Config Mode DIP
switch to ON, then turn its power on again.
To set an Open controller's custom IP address
If your system's IP addresses are assigned by the network administrator, you can connect a laptop to a
controller's Local Access Port and then use either of the following methods to set the controller's custom IP
address so that the i-Vu® Pro server can communicate with it.
•
•
Set the custom IP address in SiteBuilder (page 130)
Set the custom IP address using PuTTY (page 131)
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
129
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To set a controller's custom IP address in SiteBuilder
PREREQUISITES
•
A computer with a USB port
•
A USB Link cable
NOTE The USB Link driver is installed with a i-Vu® Pro v5 or later system. But if needed, you can get the
latest driver from http://www.silabs.com/products/mcu/Pages/USBtoUARTBridgeVCPDrivers.aspx.
Install the driver before you connect the USB Link to your computer.
CAUTION If multiple controllers share power but polarity was not maintained when they were wired, the
difference between the controller's ground and the computer's AC power ground could damage the USB Link
and the controller. If you are not sure of the wiring polarity, use a USB isolator between the computer and the
USB Link. Purchase a USB isolator online from a third-party manufacturer.
1
Connect the computer to the controller using the USB Link cable(s).
Connect to
Local Access port
Connect to
USB port
7 3/4 in.
12 ft
USB Link
NOTE If using a USB isolator, plug the isolator into your computer's USB port, and then plug the USB Link
cable into the isolator.
2
i-Vu® Open Router or i-Vu® Open Link only: Turn off the router's power, set its Router Config Mode DIP
switch to ON, then turn its power on again.
3
Set the controller's IP Address DIP switch to Assigned.
4
In SiteBuilder, set your Configure > Preferences, Connections tab settings.
Field
Value
Port
The laptop's Com port number that the USB Link is connected to.
Baud Rate
115200
Data Bits
8
Parity
None
Stop Bits
1
1
Click OK.
2
In the Network tree, double-click the controller.
3
On the Address tab, select Specify a custom or DHCP IP Address.
4
Type the IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway Address.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
130
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
5
Click Download Address.
6
When the download is complete, click Module Status in the same dialog box to verify the controller's
address.
7
i-Vu® Open Router or i-Vu® Open Link only: Turn off the router's power, set its Router Config Mode DIP
switch to ON, then turn its power on again.
To set a controller's custom IP address using PuTTY
PREREQUISITES
•
A computer with a USB port
•
A USB Link cable
NOTE The USB Link driver is installed with a i-Vu® Pro v5 or later system. But if needed, you can get the
latest driver from http://www.silabs.com/products/mcu/Pages/USBtoUARTBridgeVCPDrivers.aspx.
Install the driver before you connect the USB Link to your computer.
CAUTION If multiple controllers share power but polarity was not maintained when they were wired, the
difference between the controller's ground and the computer's AC power ground could damage the USB Link
and the controller. If you are not sure of the wiring polarity, use a USB isolator between the computer and the
USB Link. Purchase a USB isolator online from a third-party manufacturer.
1
Download and install PuTTY from the PuTTY website
(http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html).
2
Connect the laptop to the local access port of the controller, ZS sensor, or an SPT sensor using the USB
Link cable(s).
NOTE If using a USB isolator, plug the isolator into your computer's USB port, and then plug the USB Link
cable into the isolator.
3
i-Vu® Open Router or i-Vu® Open Link only: Turn off the router's power, set its Router Config Mode DIP
switch to ON, then turn its power on again.
4
Set the controller's IP Address DIP switch to Assigned.
5
Start PuTTY.
6
Under Category > Connection, select Serial.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
131
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
7
Under Options controlling local serial lines, enter the following settings:
Field
Value
Serial line to connect to
Replace X with the computer's port number that the USB Link cable is
connected to.
NOTE To find the port number, select Start > Control Panel > System >
Device Manager > Ports (Com & LPT). The COM port number is beside
Silicon Labs CP210x USB to UART Bridge.
Speed (baud)
115200
Data Bits
8
Stop Bits
1
Parity
None
Flow Control
None
8
Click Open. A window similar to the one below appears.
9
If you changed a value, type 1, then press Enter to restart the controller.
10 Type the number of the address field, then press Enter.
11 Type the new address, then press Enter.
12 Type 1, then press Enter to restart the controller.
13 Close PuTTY.
14 i-Vu® Open Router or i-Vu® Open Link only: Turn off the router's power, set its Router Config Mode DIP
switch to ON, then turn its power on again.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
132
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To remotely change a controller's custom IP address
Steps 1 through 5 below change the IP address in the controller. Steps 6 through 10 change it in the system
database. Communication with the controller will be disrupted until all steps are performed.
1
On the i-Vu® Pro Installer navigation tree, right-click a router and select Driver Properties > BACnet
Router Properties page.
2
Under IP Configuration, check Enable IP configuration changeover.
NOTE The field Allow remote management of IP configuration is for future use.
3
In the Next column, type the new IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway Address. Type the UDP
Port that your server is using to communicate to all controllers.
NOTE You must enter values in all 4 fields, even if the values will not change.
4
Do one of the following.
Set the Changeover timeout
field to...
The router will use the Next settings...
0:00
As soon as the router can communicate with the Next Default
Gateway Address.
A specific length of time
As soon as the router can communicate with the Next Default
Gateway Address, or when the timeout expires, whichever
occurs first.
5
Click Accept.
6
On the System Options tree, select Connections.
7
On the Configure tab, select the BACnet/IP Connection, then click Disconnect.
8
On the navigation tree, go to the controller's Properties page.
9
Make the necessary changes in the Address and Subnet mask fields.
10 Click Accept.
11 On the System Options tree, select Connections.
12 On the Configure tab, select the BACnet/IP Connection, then click Start.
13 On the navigation tree, go to the router's Properties page, then click Module Status to verify
communication.
To set an Open controller's default IP address
NOTES
•
If you want to use the default IP addressing but a DHCP server exists, follow the instructions in To set a
controller's custom IP address (page 129), and enter the default addresses listed in step 2 below.
•
A network using default addressing does not have a default gateway (IP router).
1
If wired for power, turn off the controller's power.
2
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
The controller only reads the rotary switch positions during power up or upon reset.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
133
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
3
Set the DHCP/Assigned DIP switch to the Assigned position to use the following IP networking
parameters.
IP address = 192.168.168.x
where x is the controller address you will set in steps 3 and 4.
Subnet mask = 255.255.255.0
Default gateway address = 192.168.168.254
4
Using the rotary switches, set the controller's address to match the Address in the controller's properties
dialog box in SiteBuilder. Set the Tens (10's) switch to the tens digit of the address, and set the Ones
(1's) switch to the ones digit.
EXAMPLE Setting the switches as shown in the figures below produces an IP address of
192.168.168.25.
10's
7 8
5
6
2 34
7 8
1
2 34
5
6
1's
9 0
1
9 0
5
On SiteBuilder's Network tree, double-click the controller.
6
On the Address tab, select Use Default IP Address.
7
In the Address (Dial Setting on Device) field, type the value of x.
8
Click OK.
NOTE The default address is an intranet address. Data packets from this address are not routable to the
Internet.
Setting i-Vu® XT controller IP addresses
For the i-Vu® Pro server to communicate with Carrier controllers on the IP network, the i-Vu® Pro server and
each controller must have the following:
•
•
•
IP address (unique on the IP network)
Subnet mask
Default gateway address, if your system has a default gateway (IP router)
Use one of the IP addressing schemes described below with the associated instructions that follow.
Use a...
If...
DHCP IP Address
generated by a DHCP server
The IP network uses a DHCP server for IP addressing
Custom Static IP Address
from your network administrator
You do not use a DHCP server and the answer to any of the
following questions is yes. Will the i-Vu® Pro system:
•
•
•
•
•
Default IP Address
that your system creates
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Share a facility's existing IP data network?
Have 199 or more Carrier IP devices, or 254 or more devices
with static IP addresses?
Be connected to the Internet?
Have at least one device located on the other side of an IP
router?
Have any third-party controllers?
The answer to all of the above questions is no.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
134
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
NOTE Carefully plan your addressing scheme to avoid duplicating addresses. If third-party devices are
integrated into the system, make sure your addresses do not conflict with their addresses.
To set the IP address in Local Access
You must define the i-Vu® XT controller's IP address in Local Access and then upload it in the i-Vu® Pro
application. To open Local Access:
1
Connect an Ethernet cable from a computer to the controller as shown below.
2
Turn off the computer's Wi-Fi if it is on.
3
Set the computer's Ethernet port to use DHCP or to the static IP address 169.254.1.2.
4
Open a web browser on the computer. The Local Access web pages should automatically display.
NOTES
○
Your default web browser cannot be GoogleTM ChromeTM with its Home page set to www.google.com.
If the Local Access page does not open automatically, type the following url in your web browser's
address field:
http://169.254.1.1
To set a DHCP IP address
1
On the Local Access Modstat tab, find the controller’s Ethernet MAC address and write it down.
2
On the Local Access Ports tab under IP Port, select DHCP.
3
Click Save.
4
Write down the IP Address.
5
Give the DHCP network administrator the IP address and Ethernet MAC address and ask him to reserve
that IP address for the controller so that it always receives the same IP address from the DHCP server.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
135
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To set a custom IP address
1
Obtain the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway address for the controller from the facility
network administrator.
2
On the Local Access Ports tab under IP Port, select Custom Static.
3
Enter the IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway addresses that the network administrator gave
you.
4
Click Save.
To set a default IP address
Default IP addressing assigns the following to the controller:
•
•
•
IP address = 192.168.168.x
where x is the setting on the rotary switches in the range from 1 to 253
Subnet mask = 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway = 192.168.168.254
1
Set the controller's three rotary switches to a unique address on the network. Set the left rotary switch to
the hundreds digit, the middle switch to the tens digit, and the right switch to the ones digit.
EXAMPLE The switches below are set to 125.
2
On the Local Access Ports tab under IP Port, select Default IP Address.
3
Click Save.
NOTE The default address is an intranet address. Data packets from this address are not routable to the
Internet.
To remotely change a i-Vu® XT controller's custom IP address
Steps 1 through 5 below change the IP address in the controller. Steps 6 through 10 change it in the system
database. Communication with the controller will be disrupted until all steps are performed.
1
On the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, right-click a router and select Driver Properties > BACnet Router
Properties page.
2
Under IP Configuration, select Enable IP configuration changeover.
3
In the Next column, type the new IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway Address. Type the UDP
Port that your server is using to communicate to all controllers.
NOTE You must enter values in all 4 fields, even if the values will not change.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
136
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
4
Do one of the following.
Set the Changeover timeout
field to...
To have the controller use the Next settings...
0:00
As soon as the controller can communicate with the Next Default Gateway
Address.
A specific length of time
As soon as the controller can communicate with the Next Default Gateway
Address, or when the timeout expires, whichever occurs first.
5
Click Accept.
6
On the System Options tree, select Connections.
7
On the Configure tab, select the BACnet/IP Connection, then click Stop.
8
On the navigation tree, go to the controller's Properties page.
9
Make the necessary changes in the Address, Subnet mask, and Default Gateway fields.
10 Click Accept.
11 On the System Options tree, select Connections.
12 On the Configure tab, select the BACnet/IP Connection, then click Start.
13 On the navigation tree, go to the controller's Properties page, then click Module Status to verify
communication with the controller.
To set up a BACnet/IP connection in the i-Vu® Pro interface
Using a BACnet/IP connection and an Ethernet Network Interface Card, the i-Vu® Pro server can speak
BACnet/IP over an Ethernet network.
1
On the System Options tree, select Connections.
2
On the Configure tab, select BACnet/IP Connection.
3
If the Status column shows:
○
Connected, click Disconnect.
○
Stopped or Design Mode, go to step 4.
4
Set up the fields as needed for that connection. See tables below.
5
Click Accept.
6
If running the i-Vu Pro Server (not i-Vu Pro Design Server) application, select the BACnet/IP Connection,
then click Start.
Field or button
Notes
Server IP Address
Type the server's IP address. The IP address and subnet mask must also be
set on the server's network connections page.
NOTE If the server has more than 1 NIC, use the IP address of the interface
connected to the controllers.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
137
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Field or button
Notes
Server IP Subnet Mask
•
For default IP addressing, type 255.255.255.0.
•
For custom IP addressing, type the subnet mask provided by the facility
network administrator.
BACnet Port
Type 47808 unless you need to communicate with a third-party device using a
different port for BACnet communication or your IT administrator specified a
different port.
Disable Field Alarms
Select if you do not want to retain incoming alarms on this connection.
Typically this box might be checked during start-up then cleared for normal
operation.
Poll Interval
How often the i-Vu® Pro application checks the communication status of the
peer caching router. If it cannot communicate with the router, the i-Vu® Pro
application generates a Dead Module Timeout alarm.
Foreign Device
If the i-Vu® Pro server is on an IP network segment that does not have an
Carrier controller serving as a BBMD, select Force Registration. See Setting up
BBMDs (page 140).
Register with Device
If you selected Force Registration in the previous field, select the BBMD on a
remote IP network from which the i-Vu® Pro server will receive BACnet/IP
broadcasts.
Network Node
Specify which network the i-Vu® Pro server is physically connected to. This is
used to specify which BACnet/IP network the i-Vu® Pro server is on if there
are multiple BACnet/IP network nodes with different network numbers in your
system.
Tuning Parameters
Notes
Comm Timeout
Amount of time, in milliseconds, that is allowed before retrying a transmission
on the network if a required acknowledgement is not received.
Comm Attempts
The number of times to try a transmission on the network.
Do Sync
Amount of time, in milliseconds, allowed for the i-Vu® Pro application to
complete a communication task such as downloading to a controller or
reading trends from a controller.
Register FD Interval
Amount of time, in seconds, that is allowed before the i-Vu® Pro application
notifies a BBMD that the i-Vu® Pro server is a foreign device to that BBMD. If
the re-registration does not occur within this time, the BBMD will delete the iVu® Pro server from its list.
Testing the server-to-client connections
After making sure that the Ethernet cabling has been set up properly, make sure you can ping the server from
each client computer. Then test the HTTP connection by running i-Vu Pro Design Server.
To ping the server from each client
Use the Ping utility from each client computer to test its low-level IP communication with the i-Vu® Pro server.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
138
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
PREREQUISITES
•
An IP network connection between your server and client computers
•
A solid Link light and a flickering LAN light on the i-Vu® Pro client computers and the Network Interface
Card (NIC) of the i-Vu® Pro server. If either device indicates it is not on the network, see Troubleshooting
the Ethernet connections (page 143)
After the link and the LAN lights on the server’s NIC and on the client are lighting properly, ping the i-Vu® Pro
server from each client machine.
1
At the Command Prompt, type the following command: ping xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx [Enter], where
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx is the IP address of the device you are pinging.
The reply should indicate that a device with address xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx is present and passing IP packets on
the network.
EXAMPLE For a device with an IP address of 192.168.168.100, type the following:
ping 192.168.168.100
TIP To continuously ping a device, type the following command: ping xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx -t.
Press Ctrl+C to stop the ping command.
2
If you receive the reply Request timed out or you do not receive a reply, contact the facility’s network
administrator to check the NIC, the hub's settings, and the IP configuration settings. You do not have a
valid IP connection between the 2 devices.
To test the HTTP connection
i-Vu Pro Design Server does not attempt communication with field hardware, so you can isolate client-toserver issues from server-to-field issues.
1
Click Start > All Programs > i-Vu_Pro_ x.x > i-Vu Pro Design Server.
2
From each client computer, start the web browser, then type the IP address of the server in the Address
field.
If the i-Vu® Pro login screen does not appear, contact the facility's network administrator.
Testing the server-to-controller connections
If the system is running, go to Driver Properties > Devices page from different levels of the navigation tree to
view the status of your communication networks and controllers. If you detect a networking problem with an
Ethernet connection, see Troubleshooting an Ethernet connection (page 143).
After making sure that the Ethernet cabling has been set up properly, use the Ping utility from the i-Vu® Pro
server to test its low-level IP communication with each controller on the IP network, then obtain a Modstat
(page 145) from each controller to ensure its BACnet communication with the i-Vu® Pro server.
To ping a controller on the IP network from the i-Vu® Pro server
Use the Ping utility to test low-level IP connections between the server and each controller on the IP network.
PREREQUISITES
•
An IP network connection between the server and the Carrier controller.
•
A solid link light and a flickering LAN light on the Carrier controller and the i-Vu® Pro server's Network
Interface Card (NIC). See Troubleshooting an Ethernet connection (page 143).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
139
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
After the link and LAN lights on the server’s NIC and on the controller are lighting properly, ping each
controller from the i-Vu® Pro server.
1
At the Command Prompt, type the following command: ping xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx [Enter], where
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx is the IP address of the device you are pinging.
The reply should indicate that a device with address xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx is present and passing IP packets on
the network.
EXAMPLE For a device with an IP address of 192.168.168.100, type the following:
ping 192.168.168.100
TIP To continuously ping a device, type the following command: ping xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx -t.
Press Ctrl+C to stop the ping command.
2
If you receive the reply Request timed out or you do not receive a reply, contact the facility’s network
administrator to check the NIC, the hub's settings, and the IP configuration settings. You do not have a
valid IP connection between the 2 devices.
Setting up BACnet Broadcast Management Devices
To minimize network communications, IP routers do not pass on broadcasts that they receive. If your system
has <control-module>s on different IP subnets separated by an IP router, you must set up a controller on
each IP subnet as a BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD). A BBMD passes BACnet/IP broadcasts
across the IP router to other BBMDs.
System
Server
IP Router
172.18.1.1
172.16.1.1
IP subnet
IP subnet
R
BBMD
BBMD
Control
Module
Control
Module
To set up BBMDs, use the appropriate method in the table below.
If your i-Vu® Pro system has...
Use this method
Fewer than 50 IP subnets with no third-party BACnet routers
Let SiteBuilder automatically configure
your BBMDs.
Any of the following:
Set up custom BBMDs in i-Vu® Pro or in
the BBMD Configuration Tool.
•
•
•
More than 50 IP subnets
Carrier controllers on an IP subnet that has a third-party
BBMD
Carrier controllers that need to communicate with thirdparty devices on a different IP subnet
NOTE If the i-Vu® Pro server is on an IP subnet without the Carrier BACnet router, register the server as a
foreign device. See "Server on an IP subnet without a BACnet router" in SiteBuilder Help.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
140
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To set up BBMDs in SiteBuilder
As you add each Carrier controller to an IP network on the Network tree, check Automatically Configure My
BBMDs on the Address tab. SiteBuilder automatically selects a controller in each IP subnet as the BBMD and
sets up BBMD tables appropriately.
To see which controllers SiteBuilder assigned as BBMDs, select View > Display > BBMD. BBMDs show
B=assigned on the Network tree.
To override SiteBuilder's BBMD selection, right-click a different controller on the same IP subnet, then select
Force to BBMD.
NOTE If you are managing 3rd party BBMDs, you must add every 3rd party device that could be a BBMD as a
3rd party device router in SiteBuilder.
To set up BBMDs through the i-Vu® Pro interface
1
Make a list of the IP addresses for every controller that will function as a BBMD in your system.
CAUTION Multiple BBMDs on an IP subnet disrupt BACnet communications. Define only one BBMD
on either side of each IP router in your system.
2
In Notepad, type the list putting each IP address on a separate line. (Open routers support up to 50 IP
addresses per .bdt file; i-Vu® XT routers support up to 500.)
NOTE If you must communicate with a third-party router that does not use the BACnet/IP port 47808
(0xbac0), you must include the hexadecimal port number in the IP address. For example,
172.168.23.67:0xe78a
3
Save the file in the webroot\<system_name> folder with a .bdt extension instead of .txt.
4
On the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, select one of the Carrier controllers that will function as a BBMD.
5
To check if the controller has an existing BBMD table, click
6
In the manual command field, type: bbmd read x.x.x.x
where x.x.x.x is the IP address of the controller you are on.
7
Click OK.
8
If the Broadcast Distribution Table contains IP addresses that are not in your .bdt file, add them to your
.bdt file.
9
Click
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
and select Manual Command.
and select Manual Command.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
141
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
10 In the manual command field, type: bbmd write filename.bdt x.x.x.x
where filename.bdt is the .bdt file in the webroot\<system_name> folder
and x.x.x.x is the IP address of the controller you are on.
11 Click OK.
12 Issue another bbmd read command to verify that the .bdt file was written correctly.
To set up BBMDs using the BBMD Configuration Tool
Before you begin, do the following:
1
○
Set up the IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, and network numbers for the i-Vu® Pro server
and each Carrier controller on the IP network. See Setting custom TCP/IP addresses (page 127).
○
The BBMD Configuration Tool is available on the i-Vu® Tech Tools DVD or go to
http://www.hvacpartners.com (http://www.hvacpartners.com).
Make a list of the IP addresses for every controller that will function as a BBMD in your system.
CAUTION Multiple BBMDs on an IP subnet disrupt BACnet communications. Define only one BBMD
on either side of each IP router in your system.
2
In Notepad, type the list putting each IP address on a separate line. (Maximum of 50 IP addresses per
.bdt file)
NOTE If you must communicate with a third-party router that does not use the BACnet/IP port 47808
(0xbac0), you must include the hexadecimal port number in the IP address. For example,
172.168.23.67:0xe78a
3
Save the file in the webroot\<system_name> folder with a .bdt extension instead of .txt.
4
Open the BBMD Configuration Tool.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
142
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
5
In the i-Vu® CCN Router/i-Vu® Link or i-Vu® Open Router/i-Vu® Open Link Address,or Host Name field,
type the IP address of an Carrier controller that functions as the BBMD (BACnet Broadcast Management
Device) for its subnet.
6
To check if the controller has an existing BBMD table, click the Broadcast Distribution Table Read button.
7
If the Broadcast Distribution Table contains IP addresses that are not in your .bdt file, add them to your
.bdt file.
8
Verify that the same controller IP address is still in the i-Vu® CCN Router/i-Vu® Link or i-Vu® Open
Router/i-Vu® Open Link Address or Host Name field.
9
Click the Broadcast Distribution Table Browse button, then select the .bdt file that you made in step 2.
10 Click the Broadcast Distribution Table Write button.
11 Click Read again to verify that the new .bdt file was written to the Carrier controller.
12 Repeat steps 5 through 11 for each Carrier controller that will function as a BBMD in your system.
Troubleshooting networks
If a controller is not communicating, click the router on the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, then click Devices. This
page shows the communication status of all controllers on the network. If all controllers on the network are
not communicating, you have a network problem. Begin moving up the tree, checking communication status
at each level to determine the starting point of the communications problems.
Troubleshooting an IP/Ethernet connection
Normal condition
Most Ethernet devices have link lights that indicate connectivity. If the Ethernet cable is terminated correctly,
the link lights at each port (server, Carrier controller, and hub or switch) will be lit. A controller's LAN lights will
flicker, indicating Ethernet data packet activity.
Problem
If the Ethernet connection is not wired correctly, you may experience the following symptoms:
•
Link light is off
•
LAN light remains off
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
143
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Possible cause
Solution
The physical integrity of the cable
or connectors is compromised.
If a known good cable results in a normal condition, replace the cable.
An improper connection type is
used.
•
Use a crossover cable to connect two IP devices without a hub.
•
Use a straight-through cable to connect an IP device to a hub.
A cable is plugged into a hub's
uplink port.
Use a different port.
The devices are not on the same IP
network.
Change one of the IP addresses or install an IP router.
NOTE Many hubs and switches share the first or last port with the
uplink port. Other hubs have an uplink switch or button. If you need to
use the first port, make sure that the hub or switch is set up correctly
(usually a small switch on the back or bottom of the device) and that
the first port is not shared with the uplink connection.
TIP To determine whether the devices are on the same network,
use the Subnet calculator below.
A NIC is installed incorrectly.
If you are unable to ping the host's IP address from the host computer,
reinstall the NIC, checking for correct drivers.
Faulty hardware: NIC, hub, switch,
or Carrier controller
The diagnosis may be the same as the solution: replace the faulty
hardware.
NOTES
•
After checking these possible causes, if you are unable to get a link or LAN light on an Carrier controller,
contact ALC Technical Support.
•
When troubleshooting an Ethernet connection, ALC Technical Support may request that you provide
network diagnostics information from the System Options tree > Connections > Statistics tab.
Troubleshooting an ARCNET connection
Problem
Intermittent communication over an ARCNET network may cause the following symptoms:
•
i-Vu® Pro graphics or properties pages intermittently display actual values then question marks.
•
You can obtain a Modstat (page 145) from a controller, but a download fails.
Possible cause
The i-Vu® Pro communication timeout settings are not sufficient for your network configuration.
Solution
Increase your communication timeout settings.
1
On the System Options tree, select Connections.
2
On the Configure tab, select your BACnet/ARCNET Connection.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
144
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
3
Click
next to Tuning Parameters.
4
Double the values in the Comm Timeout and Comm Attempts fields.
5
Click Accept.
NOTE If changing these values does not fix your intermittent communication, contact ALC Technical Support.
Troubleshooting BACnet bindings
Every controller has a Device Binding Table that contains all Device IDs that the controller communicates with
and the network address of each device. This typically includes the Device ID of the BACnet Alarm Recipient.
If Network Address Translation (NAT) is enabled in SiteBuilder, the alarm recipient is omitted.
If the i-Vu® Pro application is not receiving alarms/trends or if the a point's value is incorrect, you can view
this table to see where the controller is looking for its data.
1
On the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, select the router that has incorrect or missing data.
2
On the Properties page, click Show Bindings.
EXAMPLE: If a controller has been sending alarm/trend data to Device 169999, but someone changed the
BACnet Alarm Recipient field in SiteBuilder to 169996 and did not download parameters, the following
information will be displayed at the bottom of the Device Binding Table:
*** No binding for event recipient DEV:169999
*** Will not be able to deliver alarms/trend notifications
*** Alarms should be delivered to DEV:169996
Using a Modstat to troubleshoot your system
A Modstat (Module Status) provides information about a controller and verifies proper network
communication with the controller.
To obtain a Modstat
You can get a controller's ModStat in the following places:
•
Open controller—In the i-Vu® Pro or SiteBuilder application
•
i-Vu® XT controller—In the i-Vu® Pro application or the controller's Local Access web pages
In the i-Vu® Pro application
Use one of the following methods:
•
Right-click a controller on the navigation tree, then select Module Status.
•
Select a controller on the navigation tree. On the Properties page, click Module Status.
NOTE You cannot get a Modstat if running i-Vu Pro Design Server because it cannot communicate with
controllers.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
145
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
In the SiteBuilder application (Open controller only)
1
Use a USB Link Kit to connect your computer to the controller's Local Access port. See To connect to a
device's Local Access port (page 149).
2
In SiteBuilder, select Configure > Preferences.
3
On the Connections tab, select the computer Port that the USB Link Kit cable is connected to, and Baud
Rate to the Rnet port at 115200.
4
Right-click the controller in SiteBuilder's Network tree, then select Module Status.
In the controller's Local Access web pages (i-Vu® XT controller only)
1
Use an Ethernet cable to connect your computer to the controller's Local Access port.
2
Open a web browser on the computer. The Local Access web pages should automatically display showing
the Modstat.
NOTE To use Local Access, your web browser's Home page cannot be set to GoogleTM.
Modstat field descriptions
NOTE Modstats vary for different types of controllers. The list below describes all information that could
appear on any Modstat. If a description differs between different generations of controllers, the generation is
noted.
Field
Description
Date/Time
Date and time the Modstat was run
CM
The controller's rotary switch address (MAC address)
Device Instance
A unique ID assigned to the controller
Driver built
When the driver was built
Downloaded by
When and where the last download was performed
Application Software Version
The name of the first control program that is downloaded
Flash Archive Status
Shows the validity, date, and time of the most recent archive of
parameters and status to the controller's permanent flash memory.
The archive takes place once a day.
# PRGs initialized
# PRGs running
The number of control programs that were downloaded vs. the
number that are running. If these numbers are not the same, the
controller has a problem such as lack of memory.
Firmware sections in flash
memory
The name, version, and date of the driver
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
146
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Field
Description
Reset Counters:
Open controller: The number of times each of the following events
have occurred since the last time the controller was formatted.
i-Vu® XT controller: The number of times each of the following events
have occurred since the last time the controller was commanded to
clear the reset counters.
See NOTE below this table.
Power failures
Interruption of incoming power
Brownouts
Low-level incoming power
Commanded boots
Includes commands issued from the i-Vu® Pro interface such as the
zap manual command, plus commands issued during a memory
download.
System errors
Error in the controller's firmware or hardware
Watchdog timeouts
Watchdog is firmware that monitors the firmware for normal
operation. If watchdog detects a problem, it restarts the firmware.
S/W Watchdog
timeouts
Watchdog is firmware that monitors the application firmware for
normal operation. If the watchdog firmware detects a problem, it
restarts the application firmware.
H/W Watchdog
timeouts
H/W Watchdog will restart the controller if it detects a severe problem
with the controller's operating system
System status
Gives the current status of the controller's operation.
Network status
Gives the current status of the controller's networks.
System error message history
Open controller: High-severity errors since the last memory download
or format. Shows the first 5 and last 5 messages.
i-Vu® XT controller: High-severity errors since the last memory
download. Shows the most recent 10 messages.
See NOTE below this table.
Warning message history
Open controller: Low-severity errors and warning messages since the
last memory download or format. Shows the first 5 and last 5
messages.
i-Vu® XT controller: Low-severity errors and warning messages since
the last memory download. Shows the most recent 10 messages.
See NOTE below this table.
Information message history
Open controller: Information-only messages since the last memory
download or format. Shows the first 5 and last 5 messages.
i-Vu® XT controller: Information-only messages since the last memory
download. Shows the most recent 10 messages.
See NOTE below this table.
Manifest revision
Firmware revision
Installed bundles
Components of the firmware
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
147
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Field
Description
ARC156 reconfigurations during
the last hour
An ARCNET network normally reconfigures itself when a controller is
added to or taken off the network. The Total field indicates the
number of reconfigurations in the last hour. Initiated by this node
indicates the number of reconfigurations caused by this controller,
the controller with the next lower rotary switch address, or any
controller located between these two controllers. An excessive
number in these fields indicates a problem with the network.
BACnet comm errors in the last 7
days
BACnet communication errors usually indicating dropped packets
caused by high traffic on network.
Core (or Main) and Base board
hardware
Gives the following information about the controller's boards:
•
•
•
Type and board numbers that are used internally by Carrier.
The manufacture date and serial number.
Open controller only: The core board's RAM and Flash memory.
RAM is used for driver and control program executables.
Flash memory is used for firmware and file storage. See Flash
storage size below.
Largest free heap space
Size of the largest piece of unused dynamic memory
Database size
Open controller: Size of the controller's memory designated for
running programs. Database memory is used for control program
parameters, status and history; trends, schedules, and alarms; and
driver parameters, status and history.
i-Vu® XT controller: Size of the controller's memory.
Flash storage size
The size of the flash memory that is not used by the firmware. This
memory is used for file storage and archiving.
Archive storage size
The amount of flash memory remaining for archival after files are
downloaded.
File storage size
The size of all files (control programs, graphics, driver, etc.)
downloaded to the controller. How much information is in these files
depends on whether the controller's Download source files option is
selected in SiteBuilder or i-Vu® Pro.
Raw physical switches
The readings used to test the DIP or rotary switches
Network Information
Open controller: The various network addresses for a controller
installed on an Ethernet. The Current and Assigned addresses will be
the same unless:
•
•
The Assigned addresses were changed in PuTTY.
The controller's DHCP/Assigned DIP switch was moved to the
DHCP position after the Assigned addresses were defined in
SiteBuilder.
•
The Enable IP configuration changeover on the BACnet Router
Properties page is being implemented.
i-Vu® XT controller: The various network addresses for the controller.
The Current and Assigned addresses will be the same unless the
Enable IP configuration changeover on the BACnet Router Properties
page is being implemented.
Route Information
BACnet networks that a router is currently routing traffic to. The list
changes as BACnet routers are added or removed from the system.
Ethernet statistics
Diagnostic counters directly related to the ethernet communications
hardware.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
148
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
NOTE i-Vu® XT controller only—If you want to clear the Reset counters and the three message history fields,
click the Clear Counts/Logs button on the controller's Properties page in the i-Vu® Pro application or in the iVu® XT controller's Local Access pages.
Communicating locally with Open controllers
You can connect locally to controllers and some sensors to commission, start up, or troubleshoot equipment,
or download to controllers. Use a local connection in any of the following situations:
•
•
•
The entire network is not yet functional.
The permanent i-Vu® Pro server is not operating.
The server is operating, but you don't have a convenient IP connection.
To make a local connection, use a USB Link to connect a laptop running either the:
•
i-Vu® Pro application - Requires a copy of the system database and that you set up a Local Access
connection in the i-Vu® Pro interface (page 150).
•
Field Assistant application - Use this option if more than one person is starting up the system. See Field
Assistant Help for more information.
To connect to a device's Local Access port
PREREQUISITES
•
A computer with a USB port
•
A USB Link cable
NOTE The USB Link driver is installed with a i-Vu® Pro v5.1 or later system. But if needed, you can get
the latest driver from http://www.silabs.com/products/mcu/Pages/USBtoUARTBridgeVCPDrivers.aspx.
Install the driver before you connect the USB Link to your computer
CAUTION If multiple controllers share power but polarity was not maintained when they were wired, the
difference between the controller's ground and the computer's AC power ground could damage the USB Link
and the controller. If you are not sure of the wiring polarity, use a USB isolator between the computer and the
USB Link. Purchase a USB isolator online from a third-party manufacturer.
1
Connect the computer to the local access port of the controller, ZS sensor, or an SPT sensor using the
USB Link cable(s).
Connect to
Local Access port
Connect to
USB port
7 3/4 in.
12 ft
USB Link
NOTE If using a USB isolator, plug the isolator into your computer's USB port, and then plug the USB Link
cable into the isolator.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
149
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
2
i-Vu® Open Router or i-Vu® Open Link only: Turn off the router's power, set its Router Config Mode DIP
switch to ON, then turn its power on again.
3
In SiteBuilder, set your Configure > Preferences > Connections tab settings.
To communicate with...
Set switch to...
The i-Vu® Pro application
Off
PuTTY or HyperTerminal
On
SiteBuilder to set a custom IP address
On
When you are through communicating with the Local Access port, be sure to return the Router Config
Mode DIP switch to its original setting.
NOTES
•
Using a Local Access port does not interrupt the delivery of alarm and trend notifications to the
controller's specified BACnet Alarm Recipient.
•
You cannot use a Local Access port to set up BBMDs because Local Access connections do not
communicate using BACnet/IP.
•
A router must be present to receive colors from the controller network.
To set up a Local Access connection
To set up communication between the i-Vu® Proapplication on your laptop and the controller:
1
Click
and select System Options > Connections.
2
On the Configure tab, click Add.
3
From the Type drop-down list, select BACnet Local Access.
4
Optional: Edit the Description.
5
Type the computer's Port number that the USB cable is connected to.
NOTE To find the port number, plug the USB cable into the computer's USB port, then select Start >
Control Panel > System > Device Manager > Ports (Com & LPT). The COM port number is beside Silicon
Labs CP210x USB to UART Bridge.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
150
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
6
Set the Baud rate.
Local Access port
Baud Rate
5-pin
115200
7
Click Accept.
8
On the View tab, click the button next to the BACnet/IP network, then select BACnet Local Access.
9
Click Accept.
10 On the Configure tab, select BACnet Local Access, then click Start.
NOTE If an error message appears, make sure the COM port you selected is not in use. For example,
PuTTY may be open and is holding the port open.
11 If using the 5-pin Local Access port, on the navigation tree, select the controller that you are connected
to.
12 Click
and select Manual Command.
13 Type rnet here in the dialog box, then click OK.
14 On the Properties page, click Module Status. If a Modstat (page 145) report appears, the i-Vu® Pro
application is communicating with the controller.
Troubleshooting a Local Access connection
Inability to communicate over a Local Access connection may cause the following symptoms:
•
Question marks on i-Vu® Pro Properties pages and Graphics pages
•
Cannot obtain a Modstat from the connected controller
•
Controller Status report displays purple for a connected BACnet/IP controller
•
Cannot download to connected controller
•
A message says Local Access is disabled or unable to connect.
Possible cause
Solution
Network number in
SiteBuilder does not match
the number found in the
controller
Use the rnet here manual command to force the local device to accept
the next download applied.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
1
Click
, then select Manual Command.
2
In the manual command field, type rnet here.
3
Download Parameters or All Content to the controller to which you are
connected.
4
On the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, select the controller.
5
On the Properties page, click Module Status to verify communication with
the controller.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
151
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Possible cause
Solution
i-Vu® Pro communication
timeout settings are not
sufficient for your network
configuration.
Increase your communication timeout settings.
1
On the System Options tree, select Connections.
2
On the Configure tab, select BACnet Local Access.
3
Click the plus sign (+) next to Tuning Parameters.
4
Double the values in the Comm Timeout and Comm Attempts fields.
NOTE If changing these values does not fix your intermittent communication,
contact ALC Technical Support.
Selected COM port is in use
Shut down other applications such as PuTTY that may be running and holding
the port open.
Baud rates are inconsistent
Verify that the Silicon Labs CP210x USB to UART Bridge and the i-Vu® Pro
application are using the baud rate used by the controller.
Communicating locally with the i-Vu® XT controller
Using a computer and an Ethernet cable, you can communicate with the i-Vu® XT controller through a web
browser to:
•
View the controller's Module Status report
•
View/change controller and network settings
•
Troubleshoot
The information shown on the Local Access pages is specific to the controller. See the controller's Installation
and Start-up Guide for details.
1
Connect an Ethernet cable from a computer to the controller as shown below.
2
Turn off the computer's Wi-Fi if it is on.
3
Set the computer's Ethernet port to use DHCP or to the static IP address 169.254.1.2.
4
Open a web browser on the computer. The Local Access web pages should automatically display.
NOTES
○
Your default web browser cannot be GoogleTM ChromeTM with its Home page set to www.google.com.
If the Local Access page does not open automatically, type the following url in your web browser's
address field:
http://169.254.1.1
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
152
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Network security
Your i-Vu® Pro building automation system's controllers and server should be as secure as possible. However,
achieving this security can be challenging because of the complexities of networks, firewalls, and virtual
private networks (VPN's). Two means for increasing the security of your system are:
•
While the i-Vu® Pro server was designed to be secure, BACnet is an open protocol that can pose risks for
the controllers. The most secure system is one that is completely isolated from the Internet, but that is
not always possible. The v6-02 or later drivers for Carrier controllers with Ethernet capability have a
BACnet firewall feature that allows you to restrict communication with the controller to all private IP
addresses and/or to a whitelist of IP addresses that you define. To set this up, go to the navigation tree >
right-click the router > Driver Properties > Bacnet Firewall. Follow the instructions in the interface.
•
You should use TLS (HTTPS, not HTTP) to secure the client device that you are using to connect to the iVu® Pro server. See What is TLS (HTTPS)? (page 153) for instructions on setting up TLS.
For information on secure network configurations, options, and best practices, see the following documents
on the Carrier support website.
•
Security Best Practices
•
Security Letter
What is TLS (HTTPS)?
The i-Vu® Pro application supports Transport Layer Security (TLS), a secure protocol used for transmitting
private information over the Internet using HTTPS.
NOTE TLS is a more recent version of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).
TLS uses a method called public-key cryptography to provide:
•
Client/server authentication before transmitting data.
•
128-bit encryption of all data before it is transmitted over the TLS connection and decryption of the data
upon receipt.
Public key cryptography uses keys and certificates to authenticate users. The keys and certificates are
protected with a keystore password.
You have 2 options for creating a certificate. You can use:
•
A certificate from a trusted Certificate Authority (CA). This option provides the most security because the
CA performs the authentication. See To set up TLS using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate (page
154).
•
A self-signed certificate. This option is quicker and easier to set up, but is less secure. See To set up TLS
using a self-signed certificate (page 158).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
153
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To increase the encryption level to 256-bit
NOTE To increase the encryption level, you must accept and adhere to Oracle's License Agreement, and be in
a country that is not subject to import control restrictions.
1
Go to http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javase/downloads/index.html
(http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javase/downloads/index.html).
2
Click the Download button for Java Cryptography Extension (JCE) Unlimited Strength Jurisdiction Policy
Files for JDK/JRE 8.
3
Read and accept the Binary Code License Agreement for the Java SE Platform Products.
4
Download JCE-policy-8.zip. This .zip file contains 2 policy files: local_policy.jar and US_export_policy.jar.
5
Put the 2 .jar files in the <i-Vu_Pro__Install>\bin\java\jre\lib\security folder, replacing the 2 existing
files with the same names.
To set up TLS using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate
NOTES
•
TLS is a more recent version of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).
•
For a list of trusted Certificate Authorities, open Internet Explorer, then select Tools or
Options > Content > Certificates > Trusted Root Certificate Authorities.
> Internet
Step 1: Create a key and certificate
1
In SiteBuilder, select Configure > Preferences > Web Server.
2
Select HTTPS Only in the Enabled Web Server Ports field.
NOTE For quicker navigation, select Both HTTP and HTTPS if operators will connect to the system from
an internal network and the Internet or if you are using Hierarchical Servers. Change the setting in the
HTTPS Port field only if the system will be using a non-standard port.
3
Click Delete Certificate.
CAUTION Clicking this button will delete all certificates in your system.
4
Click Make Certificate.
5
In the Make Certificate dialog box, type a Keystore password.
6
In the DNS name of your server field, type the address of the server using one of the following formats:
• The domain name if accessing through the Internet. Example: www.abi.com.
• The IP address if accessing through the Internet. Example: 216.227.49.36.
• The computer name if accessing internally. Example: mycomputerxp.
NOTE The address format you use in this field is the format operators must use to access the system in
a web browser.
7
The next 5 fields are optional, but the more information you enter, the more secure your key is.
8
Click Apply.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
154
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
9
In the Keystore Password field, type the password that you entered in step 5 above.
NOTE This field is case sensitive.
10 Click OK.
Step 2: Obtain a CA certificate
1
Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR).
a)
In the i-Vu® Pro server's Start menu, select All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
b)
Type the following command as a single line of text, replacing <x.x> with the system's version
number:
C:\i-Vu_Pro_<x.x>\bin\java\jre\bin\
keytool.exe -certreq -alias i-Vu -keystore
C:\i-Vu_Pro_<x.x>\webserver\keystores\certkeys -file
C:\i-Vu_Pro_<x.x>\webserver\keystores\request.csr
c)
Press Enter. This creates a request.csr file located in C:\iVu_Pro_x.x\webserver\keystores.
2
Get a certificate from a certificate authority (typically from their website). The CA will ask you to send a
copy of the CSR file (request.csr). Or, the CA may ask you to paste the contents of the request.csr file into
their website.
3
You will receive the following files from your CA. Copy these .cer files to the i-Vu_Pro_x.x folder:
• A chain or root certificate
• One or more intermediate certificates (Not all CA's provide intermediate certificates.)
• A received certificate
See NOTE at the bottom of this topic.
4
Import the root certificate.
a)
In the i-Vu® Pro server's Start menu, select All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
b)
Type the following command as a single line of text, replacing <x.x> with the system's version
number and <root.cer> with the name of the root certificate file:
C:\i-Vu_Pro_<x.x>\bin\java\jre\bin\
keytool.exe -import -trustcacerts -alias root
-keystore C:\i-Vu_Pro_<x.x>\webserver\keystores\certkeys -file \iVu_Pro_<x.x>\<root.cer>
5
c)
Press Enter.
d)
The information for the root key is displayed and you are prompted to trust this certificate. Type yes.
If the CA provided an intermediate certificate, import that certificate.
a)
In Command Prompt, type the following command as a single line of text, replacing <x.x> with the
system's version number and <intermediate.cer> with the name of the intermediate certificate file:
C:\i-Vu_Pro_<x.x>\bin\java\jre\bin\
keytool.exe -import -trustcacerts -alias intermed
-keystore C:\i-Vu_Pro_<x.x>\webserver\keystores\certkeys -file \iVu_Pro_<x.x>\<intermediate.cer>
b)
Press Enter.
NOTE If the CA provided more than one intermediate certificate, repeat step 5 for each one. Replace alias intermed with -alias intermed1, -alias intermed2, etc.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
155
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
6
Import the received certificate.
a)
In Command Prompt, type the following command as a single line of text, replacing <x.x> with the
system's version number and <received.cer> with the name of the received certificate file:
C:\i-Vu_Pro_<x.x>\bin\java\jre\bin\
keytool.exe -import -trustcacerts -alias i-Vu_Pro_
-keystore C:\i-Vu_Pro_<x.x>\webserver\keystores\certkeys -file \iVu_Pro_<x.x>\<received.cer>
b)
Press Enter.
NOTE If you are not sure which file is which certificate, double click each .cer file. Go to the Certificate Path
tab. If you see:
•
•
•
Only 1 entry, this is your root certificate.
Multiple entries but the last one is your domain name, this is your received certificate.
Multiple entries but the last one is not your domain name, this is an intermediate certificate.
Step 3: Install the certificate
Start the i-Vu® Pro Server application (this may take up to a minute), then do the appropriate steps below on
each workstation that will access i-Vu Pro Server.
1
Start your browser.
2
In the address bar, type the URL of the server running the i-Vu® Pro application using the server address
that you entered in Step 1: Create a key and certificate (page 154). Use the TLS indicator https instead
of http. For example, https://216.227.49.36.
3
Do one of the following:
○
If the TLS certificate is valid and trusted by the browser, skip to Step 4: Enable TLS in your web
browser (page 158).
○
If the certificate is not valid or not trusted by the browser, follow the steps below for your browser.
Internet Explorer®
1
If the page displays There is a problem with this website's security certificate, click Continue to this
website.
2
In the address bar, click Certificate Error.
3
Click View Certificates, then click Install Certificate.
4
In the Certificate Import Wizard, click Next.
5
Select Place all certificates in the following store.
6
Click Browse, then select Trusted Root Certification Authorities.
7
Click OK.
8
Click Next.
9
Click Finish.
10 Click Yes in the Security Warning dialog box to install the certificate.
11 Click OK.
12 Click OK again.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
156
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
13 Close Internet Explorer, then open it again.
14 Log in to the i-Vu® Pro interface.
GoogleTM ChromeTM
1
If the page displays The site's security certificate is not trusted, follow the steps below.
2
Export certificate to a known location:
3
a)
Click on the red padlock warning icon in the address bar, then select Certificate information.
b)
On the Details tab, click Copy to File.
c)
In the Certificate Export Wizard, click Next.
d)
Choose an option, then click Next.
e)
Click Browse.
f)
In the File Name field, type a name for your export file.
g)
Click Save.
h)
Click Next.
i)
Click Finish.
j)
In the message box The export was successful, click OK.
k)
Click OK again.
Import saved certificate:
a)
Click
on the browser toolbar, then select Settings.
b)
Click Show advanced settings.
c)
Scroll down to HTTPS/SSL, then click Manage certificates.
d)
On the Trusted Root Certification Authorities tab, click Import.
e)
In the Certificate Import Wizard, click Next.
f)
Click Browse, then select the file you exported in step 2.
g)
Click Open.
h)
Click Next.
i)
Select Place all certificates in the following store.
j)
Click Browse, then select Trusted Root Certification Authorities.
k)
Click OK.
l)
Click Next.
m) Click Finish.
4
Click Yes in the Security Warning dialog box to install the certificate.
5
In the message box Import was successful, click OK.
6
Click Close.
7
Close Chrome, then open it again.
8
Log in to the i-Vu® Pro interface.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
157
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Mozilla® Firefox®
1
If the page displays This Connection is Untrusted, expand I understand the Risks, then click Add
Exception.
2
Check Permanently store this exception.
3
Click Confirm Security Exception.
4
Close Firefox, then open it again.
5
Log in to the i-Vu® Pro interface.
Safari®
1
If the page displays the message, Safari can’t verify the identity of the website, click Show Certificate.
2
Check Always trust <DNS name you entered in SiteBuilder> when connecting to <i-Vu Pro Server
address>.
3
Click Continue.
4
Enter the administrator password for your Apple® device.
5
Click Update Settings.
Step 4: Verify that TLS is enabled in your web browser
The i-Vu® Pro application attempts to use TLS when communicating with a web browser. The web browser
must be set up for TLS.
•
GoogleTM ChromeTM, Mozilla® Firefox®, and Safari® use TLS by default.
•
In the Internet Explorer® security options:
•
•
Verify that Use TLS 1.x is checked.
Verify that SSL 2.0 and SSL 3.0 are not checked.
To set up TLS using a self-signed certificate
NOTE TLS is a more recent version of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).
Step 1: Create a key and certificate
1
In SiteBuilder, select Configure > Preferences > Web Server.
2
Select HTTPS Only in the Enabled Web Server Ports field.
NOTE For quicker navigation, select Both HTTP and HTTPS if operators will connect to the system from
an internal network and the Internet or if you are using Hierarchical Servers. Change the setting in the
HTTPS Port field only if the system will be using a non-standard port.
3
Click Delete Certificate.
CAUTION Clicking this button will delete all certificates in your system.
4
Click Make Certificate.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
158
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
5
In the Make Certificate dialog box, type a Keystore password.
6
In the DNS name of your server field, type the address of the server using one of the following formats:
• The domain name if accessing through the Internet. Example: www.abi.com.
• The IP address if accessing through the Internet. Example: 216.227.49.36.
• The computer name if accessing internally. Example: mycomputerxp.
NOTE The address format you use in this field is the format operators must use to access the system in
a web browser.
7
The next 5 fields are optional, but the more information you enter, the more secure your key is.
8
Click Apply.
9
In the Keystore Password field, type the password that you entered in step 5 above.
NOTE This field is case sensitive.
10 Click OK.
Step 2: Install the certificate
NOTE If you change the server address after you create and install your certificate (for example, change from
an IP address to a domain name), you must create a new key and certificate using the new address, then
install the new certificate.
Start the i-Vu® Pro Server application (this may take up to a minute), then do the appropriate steps below on
each workstation that will access i-Vu Pro Server.
Internet Explorer®
1
Start Internet Explorer.
2
In the address bar, type the URL of the server running the i-Vu® Pro application using the server address
that you entered in Step 1: Create a key and certificate (page 154). Use https instead of http. For
example, https://216.227.49.36.
3
If the page displays There is a problem with this website's security certificate, click Continue to this
website.
4
In the address bar, click Certificate Error.
5
Click View Certificates, then click Install Certificate.
6
In the Certificate Import Wizard, click Next.
7
Select Place all certificates in the following store.
8
Click Browse, then select Trusted Root Certification Authorities.
9
Click OK.
10 Click Next.
11 Click Finish.
12 Click Yes in the Security Warning dialog box to install the certificate.
13 Click OK.
14 Click OK again.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
159
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
15 Close Internet Explorer, then open it again.
16 Log in to the i-Vu® Pro interface.
GoogleTM ChromeTM
1
Start Chrome.
2
In the address bar, type the URL of the server running the i-Vu® Pro application using the server address
that you entered in Step 1: Create a key and certificate (page 154). Use https instead of http. For
example, https://216.227.49.36.
3
If the page displays The site's security certificate is not trusted, follow the steps below.
4
Export certificate to a known location:
5
a)
Click on the red padlock warning icon in the address bar, then select Certificate information.
b)
On the Details tab, click Copy to File.
c)
In the Certificate Export Wizard, click Next.
d)
Choose an option, then click Next.
e)
Click Browse.
f)
In the File Name field, type a name for your export file.
g)
Click Save.
h)
Click Next.
i)
Click Finish.
j)
In the message box The export was successful, click OK.
k)
Click OK again.
Import saved certificate:
a)
Click
on the browser toolbar, then select Settings.
b)
Click Show advanced settings.
c)
Scroll down to HTTPS/SSL, then click Manage certificates.
d)
On the Trusted Root Certification Authorities tab, click Import.
e)
In the Certificate Import Wizard, click Next.
f)
Click Browse, then select the file you exported in step 2.
g)
Click Open.
h)
Click Next.
i)
Select Place all certificates in the following store.
j)
Click Browse, then select Trusted Root Certification Authorities.
k)
Click OK.
l)
Click Next.
m) Click Finish.
6
Click Yes in the Security Warning dialog box to install the certificate.
7
In the message box Import was successful, click OK.
8
Click Close.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
160
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
9
Close Chrome, then open it again.
10 Log in to the i-Vu® Pro interface.
Mozilla® Firefox®
1
Start Firefox.
2
In the address bar, type the URL of the server running the i-Vu® Pro application using the server address
that you entered in Step 1: Create a key and certificate (page 154). Use https instead of http. For
example, https://216.227.49.36.
3
If the page displays This Connection is Untrusted, expand I understand the Risks, then click Add
Exception.
4
Check Permanently store this exception.
5
Click Confirm Security Exception.
6
Close Firefox, then open it again.
7
Log in to the i-Vu® Pro interface.
Safari®
1
If the page displays the message, Safari can’t verify the identity of the website, click Show Certificate.
2
Check Always trust <DNS name you entered in SiteBuilder> when connecting to <i-Vu Pro Server
address>.
3
Click Continue.
4
Enter the administrator password for your Apple® device.
5
Click Update Settings.
Step 3: Verify that TLS is enabled in your web browser
The i-Vu® Pro application attempts to use TLS when communicating with a web browser. The web browser
must be set up for TLS.
•
GoogleTM ChromeTM, Mozilla® Firefox®, and Safari® use TLS by default.
•
In the Internet Explorer® security options:
•
•
Verify that Use TLS 1.x is checked.
Verify that SSL 2.0 and SSL 3.0 are not checked.
Step 4: Periodically change the password
You may want to periodically change the keystore password as an extra precaution. To do this, you must
delete your existing certificate and create a new one. Follow the procedure in Step 1: Create a key and
certificate (page 154).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
161
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Setting up i-Vu® Open devices in the i-Vu® Pro application
From the system level in the navigation tree, select Devices page > Manage tab to:
•
Search the network to populate the system with Open routers and controllers (page 162)
•
Upload control programs, drivers, graphics, and touch files (page 162)
•
Build, edit, and arrange the navigation tree for the User view (page 191)
•
Perform downloads to individual or multi-selected controllers (page 201)
Find and upload i-Vu® Open routers and controllers
1
Select the system level in the navigation tree.
2
On the Devices page > Manage tab, click Find Devices to discover your routers.
3
Once routers are found, select one router at a time in the left-hand navigation tree and click Find Devices
again.
4
Once controllers are found, you must upload content to the routers and controllers. Select one or more
devices in the list on the Manage tab and click Upload All Content to upload drivers, graphics, touch
files, and control programs to the i-Vu® Pro application. Use Ctrl+click, Shift+click, or both to select
multiple items.
NOTE If Show Control Programs is checked, all control programs are listed. If you have multiple control
programs in one controller, you will see every control program in the list. If it is not checked, the list only
shows the individual controllers and their model. The same information is uploaded, this option just
controls what you see on the Manage tab and you can toggle back and forth.
5
Click OK when you see the message This will upload all content for the controller. Are you sure you want
to do this?. When complete, a check mark under Status indicates a successful upload.
NOTES
○
If an error message appears, click on the message to view an explanation.
○
Uploading can be time consuming, especially for multiple controllers. You may want to create the
navigation tree for the User view while waiting. See Create navigation tree. (page 191)
○
The MAC address shows to the left of the controller name in the Installer navigation tree only.
Programmable controllers show multiple equipment listings with the same MAC address, based on
control programs downloaded from EquipmentBuilder or Snap.
○
To view the driver names after uploading, select the Advanced tab or right-click the controller in the
navigation tree and select Driver Properties or Module Status.
TIPS
•
Click the i symbol
•
Status messages are color coded as follows:
in the upper left corner to display the status of the latest operation.
○
Red - reports an error
○
Blue - requires action
○
Green - indicates an upload or download is in process
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
162
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Change network and device addressing
The i-Vu® Pro application automatically assigns a BACnet Network IP number and the Device ID for the
application. Do not change these addresses unless absolutely necessary!
NOTE If you have more than 99 routers, you must set your own addresses.
To change an address:
1
Select the system level in the navigation tree and select the Devices page > Advanced tab.
You can change the addressing in these fields:
System level:
○
BACnet/IP network - default is 1600 (The maximum number allowed is 65,534)
NOTE Typically, you should not need to change this.
○
Server Device Id - address of the i-Vu® Pro web server (default is 169999)
○
Communications Time-out (in milliseconds) - increase this value only if downloads to controllers or
routers fail with communication time-out errors.
○
Communication Retries (default is 3)
Router level: (Select the router in the navigation tree and select Devices page > Advanced tab.)
○
Router to MS/TP network
○
Device Identifier
USB Network
2
○
Baud Rate - recommended rate is 76,800
○
Router to Network
Click Accept.
Working with control programs for programmable controllers
The following are programmable controllers:
•
AppController
•
MPC Open XP
•
UC Open XP
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
163
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
•
UC Open
•
i-Vu® Open Link
•
i-Vu® Link
•
i-Vu® CCN Router
•
Carrier® ChillerVu™
You can use EquipmentBuilder or Snap to create your control programs (.equipment files).
•
EquipmentBuilder can also produce a graphic (.view file), BACview® file, touchscreen file, and a
sequence of operation based on the equipment options you select.
•
If using Snap, you must create your graphics separately in ViewBuilder. See Snap Help for detailed
instructions on creating a custom control program.
You can reload a revised control program located in webroot\<system>\programs. On the i-Vu® Pro
navigation tree, right-click the equipment, then select Reload Control Program. Reloading updates all
instances of a control program throughout the system and marks the controller(s) for an All Content
download.
See Add or delete a custom control program (page 167). After changing the control program, you must
Download All Content (page 201) to the controller.
NOTE If you change a control program in the Snap application and it does not display correctly in the i-Vu®
Pro interface, Ctrl+right-click the i-Vu® Pro action pane, and then select Refresh.
Reload, create, or edit a control program in EquipmentBuilder or Snap
If the control program has already been uploaded to the i-Vu® Pro application and loaded into the
programmable controller, you must save it to your computer to be able to edit it in EquipmentBuilder or Snap.
To reload a control program
In the navigation tree, right-click the controller and select Reload Control Program. Reloading updates all
instances of a control program throughout the system and marks the controller(s) for an All Content
download.
To create your control program in EquipmentBuilder
1
Start EquipmentBuilder. (Windows Start > All Programs > i-Vu Tools x.x)
2
Click Create Equipment and then click Next.
3
Select the .sal library from the Library: drop-down list.
4
Select the equipment type from the list and click Next.
5
In the Equipment Name field, edit the name, if desired.
NOTE Your name must not exceed 21 characters.
6
Select options on the Summary tab and, if applicable, edit setpoints on the Sequence tab.
NOTE The Points and Sequence tabs change based on your choices on the Summary tab.
7
Click Next.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
164
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
8
Check the files you wish to generate from the list.
9
Check to select saving your control program files to a folder of your choice or a folder linked to a system.
10 Click Next.
To save the control program you want to edit
1
Double-click the programmable controller in the navigation tree, or right-click and select Configure.
2
Select the control program you want to edit in the Control Program drop-down list.
3
Click Edit Existing in the Control Programs box. A new dialog window appears.
4
Save the file to a location of your choice.
5
Click Close.
To edit the control program in EquipmentBuilder or Snap.
1
Click Windows Start < All Programs > i-Vu Tools x.x > EquipmentBuilder or Snap.
2
In EquipmentBuilder, click Open Equipment or, in Snap, select File > Open.
3
Open the .equipment file that you saved and edit it.
4
Save your revised control program with a different name.
5
Open the i-Vu® Pro application.
6
Double-click the programmable controller in the navigation tree, or right-click and select Configure
7
Click Add New in the Control Programs box. A new dialog window appears.
8
Browse to your edited control program and click Continue. When message appears File added
successfully, click Close.
9
Click Close again.
NOTE If you change a control program in the Snap application and it does not display correctly in the i-Vu®
Pro interface, Ctrl+right-click the i-Vu® Pro action pane, and then select Refresh.
Apply these changes to the controllers
1
Select the router in the navigation tree.
2
On the Devices page > Manage tab, select any controllers with a File Mismatch error message.
(CTRL+click or Shift-click to multi-select.)
3
Right-click and select Download All Content. You now have the updated control programs, graphics,
drivers, and screen files in your routers and controllers.
To change the control program for all controllers of one type when adding new controllers
1
Select the Devices page > Manage tab
2
To upload one or more controller's graphics, screen files, and control programs, select one or more
controller (Shift-click or enable Select all) and click the Upload button.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
165
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To change the control program for all controllers of one type when updating the current library
See Update the equipment library (page 232).
NOTE If you change a control program and it does not display correctly in the i-Vu® Pro interface, Ctrl+rightclick the i-Vu® Pro action pane, and then select Refresh.
Change a control program or graphic
1
Double-click the equipment/control program in the navigation tree, or right-click and select Configure.
NOTE You must have uploaded all content to the controller for this option to be available.
2
Change the Display Name if desired.
3
If the database contains 2 or more of the same control programs, you can check Change for all control
programs of this type in the Control Program section.
NOTES
4
○
If you are changing an IP router's control program, the second option will change all control
programs of this type only on the IP network.
○
If you are changing a control program on the network below an IP router, the second option will not
change control programs of this type in the router.
To add or change the control program, do the following:
If the control program is...
In the Control Program drop-down list
Not in the Control Program drop-down list
5
a)
Select the control program that you generated in
EquipmentBuilder or Snap.
b)
Click Accept.
a)
Click Add New.
b)
Browse to select the control program.
c)
Click Open.
d)
Click Continue.
e)
Click Close.
f)
Click Accept.
To add a control program to the controller, in addition to those already present, see Add a new custom
control program to a programmable controller (page 167).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
166
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
6
To add a graphic to the list , do one of the following:
If the graphic is...
a. Select the graphic, then click Attach.
In the Views Available list
b. Click Accept.
Not in the Views Available list
a. Click Add New.
b. Browse to select the view file.
c. Click Open.
d. Click Continue.
e. Click Close.
f. Click Close again.
Add or delete a custom control program
To save time when testing custom control programs, you can use Debug Mode (page 119) in the i-Vu® Pro
interface. for one controller at a time.
CAUTION Never leave your i-Vu® Pro system without unchecking DEBUG MODE first and and then
downloading all content. The source files are not in the controller until you complete both steps.
To add a new control program to a programmable controller
1
Select the router in the navigation tree.
2
Select Devices > Manage tab.
3
Select the controller in the list on the page.
4
If you are adding a new control program, click the Add a Control Program button
dialog window appears.
5
Enter a name for your control program in Display Name and select your controller in the Controller dropdown list.
.A
NOTES
○
If you already have the maximum number of control programs for a controller, it will not appear in
the list.
○
Optional: You can change the control program's Reference Name if needed.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
167
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
6
Do one of the following:
If the control program is...
In the Control Program drop-down list
Select the control program.
Not in the Control Program drop-down list a. Click Add New.
b. Browse to select the control program.
c. Click Open.
d. Click Continue.
e. Click Close.
7
To upload a graphic, click Add New under Views and browse to your .view file.
8
Click Continue. When message appears File added successfully, click Close.
9
Click Close again.
10 Right-click on the programmable controller in the controller list and select Check Status from the list. The
status of the controller should say File Mismatch.
11 Click the Download All Content (page 201) button.
NOTE If you need to edit the Object Instance, right-click the control program in the navigation tree and then
select Configure. Click
next to the field for additional information.
To delete a single control program in a programmable controller
1
Select the router in the navigation tree.
2
Right-click the the desired controller/control program in the list on the Devices page > Manage tab and
click Delete Selected from the list.
3
The message appears Do you wish to remove a controller and all its descendants? Click OK.
IMPORTANT! The process is not finished until you complete the following steps.
4
Highlight the programmable controller in the controller list again, and select Check Status. The status of
the controller should say File Mismatch.
5
Click File Mismatch and click the Download button. This deletes the files from the controller.
To delete all control programs in a programmable controller
1
Select the router in the navigation tree.
2
Right-click the desired controller/control program in the list on the Devices page > Manage tab and
select Delete Programs. Click OK when the following message appears This will delete all programs in
this controller. Are you sure?
IMPORTANT! The process is not finished until you complete the following steps.
3
Highlight the programmable controller in the controller list again, and select Check Status. The status of
the controller should say File Mismatch.
4
Click File Mismatch and click the Download button. This deletes the files from the controller.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
168
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To edit a control program on a i-Vu® Pro client
On a i-Vu® Pro client, you can get a copy of a control program from the server, edit it, then put it back on the
server.
To get the control program
1
In the navigation tree, right-click the equipment, then select Configure.
2
In the Control Programs section, click Edit Existing.
3
Click Save.
4
Browse to the folder you want to put the file in.
5
Click Save.
6
Click Close.
7
Click Close again.
To put the edited control program back on the server
1
In the navigation tree, right-click the equipment, then select Configure.
2
In the Control Programs section, click Add New.
3
Browse to select the control program.
4
Click Open.
5
Click Continue.
6
Click Close.
7
Click Close again.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
169
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up a CCN devices in the i-Vu® Pro application
If your CCN system has...
You must...
A single CCN Gateway
Use the i-Vu® Pro application to find and download the Gateway and system
(page 171)
An i-Vu® Integrator
Add it in SiteBuilder, even if it is the only CCN Gateway. See "To add an i-Vu®
Integrator" in SiteBuilder Help.
Multiple CCN Gateways without
a NAT router
1
In the SiteBuilder Network tree, add one site with one BACnet/IP network
for each Gateway.
2
In the i-Vu® Pro interface, discover all the Gateways, Bridges, and
controllers.
NOTES
Multiple CCN Gateways with a
NAT router
•
You must have the Multi-CCN license for this feature to work.
•
Supports up to 50 CCN Gateways in one system
•
Every Gateway must be Bus 0.
•
Every BACnet/IP Network Number must be the same.
1
In SiteBuilder, configure the NAT information.
2
In the Network tree, add one site with one BACnet/IP network per
Gateway.
3
Add one CCN Gateway and all its Bridges to each site you set up.
4
In the i-Vu® Pro application, discover the rest of your controllers under the
Bridges.
NOTES
•
You must have the Multi-CCN license for this feature to work.
•
Supports up to 50 CCN Gateways in one system
•
Every Gateway must be Bus 0.
•
Every BACnet/IP Network Number must be the same.
NOTE On the System Options > System Settings > General tab, you can check to Use metric units for CCN
tables and control programs.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
All rights reserved
170
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To find and download devices in a single CCN Gateway system
If you are using:
•
A Carrier® ChillerVu™ as a CCN device, follow all of the steps on this page
•
An i-Vu® CCN Router or i-Vu® Link, start with Connect to a CCN system
Connect to a Carrier® ChillerVu™
1
In the navigation tree, from the system level, go to the Devices page > Manage tab.
2
Click Find Devices.
3
Select the Carrier® ChillerVu™ in the list on the Manage tab and click Upload All Content.
4
You must set the Carrier® ChillerVu™ to be the Gateway or Bridge.
5
a)
Right-click the router, select Driver Properties.
b)
Expand Protocols and select CCN.
c)
Select the correct baud from drop-down list.
d)
If it is the Gateway, select CCN Gateway for Device Type. If it is a Bridge, select CCN Bridge.
e)
Fill in Element number.
Continue with the steps below.
Connect to a CCN system
1
In the i-Vu® Pro interface, select the system in the navigation tree.
2
On the Devices page > CCN Setup tab, enter your CCN Gateway IP address and click Connect to
Gateway.
NOTE If the server has more than 1 NIC, type the IP address the server will use to connect to controllers.
3
After connecting to the Gateway, select it in the navigation tree.
4
On the Devices page > CCN Discovery tab, verify that Discover Tables is checked.
NOTE The scanning time for discovering tables increases based on the number of devices. You may
choose to discover tables at a later time for a faster scan.
5
Enter the Bus and Element ranges that encompass all your devices.
NOTE Depending on your number of devices, it could be faster to scan several small ranges.
6
Click Start Scan. When the process is complete, a message appears showing the number of control
programs found.
NOTES
7
○
If the scan does not begin, wait a minute and try again. There may be a delay when first starting the
system.
○
If an error message appears, click on the message to view an explanation.
Click Download CCN to download the control programs, drivers, and parameters.
NOTE This process can be time consuming. While waiting, you may want to create the navigation tree for
the User view. See Create navigation tree. (page 191)
8
If you have programmable controllers and want to add a .equipment file made in EquipmentBuilder or
Snap, see Assign and download a custom equipment file (page 176).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
171
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
TIPS
•
indicates you need to download the device by clicking Download CCN.
•
Click
to view a log of activity on the Devices page in the current session. Copy to Clipboard lets you
copy the text to paste it into another application.
•
Status messages are color coded as follows:
○
Red - reports an error
○
Blue - requires action
○
Green - indicates an upload or download is in process
To set up a system for multiple CCN Gateways
You MUST have a Multi-CCN license to use this feature. We recommend not exceeding 50 CCN Gateways in
one system.
The following is an overview of features and requirements for an i-Vu® Pro system with multiple CCN
Gateways. You can see more details in the Help for individual topics.
SiteBuilder application
•
You must set up one site and one BACnet over/IP network for each and every Gateway.
•
The BACnet/IP number must be the same for all Gateways.
•
You can use copy and paste to duplicate your sites and networks. However, if you use this function, it's
essential that you manually open each network dialog and change the BACnet/IP number.
•
Every Gateway must be Bus 0.
•
You can import a clipping that results in multiple CCN sites.
•
If using a NAT router, different procedures apply. See SiteBuilder Help.
•
There is a new field to enter the NAT port used for CCN communications.
i-Vu® Pro application
•
Sites are listed in the Installer navigation tree.
•
The Devices > CCN Setup tab is at the site level and not the system level
•
You can import a clipping that results in multiple CCN sites.
•
You can manage the CCN/IP settings from the site level on the CCN Setup tab.
•
On the CCN Setup page, you can enter the server's IP address. if the server has more than 1 NIC.
•
If using a NAT router, the NAT address and port for the server and gateway are displayed on both the:
•
○
Device's Driver Properties page
○
CCN Setup tab
To change CCN addresses, use the Network Service Tool.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
172
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
•
Devices > CCN Discovery tab
○
You discover devices from the Gateway level and not the system level. You can start the scanning
process for one, select another Gateway in the naviagation, and start the scan for that one also. You
can run several scans simultaneously.
See detailed instructions To find and download i-Vu® CCN routers in a multi-CCN system (page 173) or To
find and download the Carrier® ChillerVu™ in a multi-CCN system (page 175).
To find and download i-Vu® CCN routers in a multiple CCN Gateway system
Prepare your system in SiteBuilder
For details on the following procedures and information about using a NAT router with multi-CCN, see
SiteBuilder Help.
1
In SiteBuilder, select File > New to create a new system database.
2
In the Network tree, right-click the system and add a site.
3
Right-click the site and add a BACnet/IP network
4
Repeat adding sites and a network for each Gateway in your system.
NOTE Every BACnet/IP network MUST be the same number throughout the system.
5
Close SiteBuilder.
If you have a Gateway or Bridge that is a Carrier® ChillerVu™ or the i-Vu® Integrator:
•
See To find and download the Carrier® ChillerVu™ (page 175).
•
See SiteBuilder Help to set up an i-Vu® Integrator. Then, in the i-Vu® Pro application, follow steps 4 - 8.
The i-Vu® Pro application
1
After setting up the sites and networks in SiteBuilder, use the i-Vu® Pro application to discover the
Gateways, Bridges, and controllers.
2
Select a site in the navigation tree and go to Devices > CCN Setup tab.
3
Enter your CCN Gateway IP address and click Connect to Gateway. When complete, the parameters
appear below the Gateway's IP address.
NOTE You can edit the Server IP Address on the CCN Setup tab before the Gateway is discovered. This is
important for systems with multiple NICs.
4
After connecting to the Gateway, select it in the navigation tree.
5
On the Devices page > CCN Discovery tab, verify that Discover Tables is checked.
NOTE The scanning time for discovering tables increases based on the number of devices. You may
choose to discover tables at a later time for a faster scan.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
173
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
6
Enter the Bus and Element ranges that encompass all your devices under that Gateway.
NOTES
7
○
In a system with multiple Gateways, every Gateway must be Bus 0.
○
Depending on your number of devices, it could be faster to scan several small ranges.
Click Start Scan. When the process is complete, a message appears showing the number of control
programs found.
NOTES
8
○
You can leave this page and the discovery continues.
○
If you have already set up multiple sites, you can select them one at a time in the navigation tree
and start the scanning process for each. They can run simultaneously, even though you have to start
the scan for each site separately.
○
If the scan does not begin, wait a minute and try again. There may be a delay when first starting the
system.
○
If an error message appears, click on the message to view an explanation.
You must Download after the scan is complete, to download the control programs, drivers, and
parameters. Use either of the following methods:
○
On the Downloads page, from the system level, all of the Gateways and Bridges appear in the list as
they are discovered. You can multi-select, click Start and download them all at the same time.
○
On the Devices page > CCN Discovery tab, one site at a time, click Download CCN after CCN devices
have been scanned and appear in the list on the page.
NOTE This process can be time consuming. While waiting, you may want to create the navigation tree for
the User view. See Create navigation tree. (page 191)
TIPS
•
indicates you need to download the device by clicking Download CCN.
•
Click
to view a log of activity on the Devices page in the current session. Copy to Clipboard lets you
copy the text to paste it into another application.
•
Status messages are color coded as follows:
○
Red - reports an error
○
Blue - requires action
Green - indicates an upload or download is in process
TIPS
•
indicates you need to download the device by clicking Download CCN.
•
Click
to view a log of activity on the Devices page in the current session. Copy to Clipboard lets you
copy the text to paste it into another application.
•
Status messages are color coded as follows:
○
Red - reports an error
○
Blue - requires action
○
Green - indicates an upload or download is in process
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
174
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To find and upload the Carrier® ChillerVu in a multiple CCN Gateway system
Only the i-Vu® Pro application v6.5 and later supports multiple CCN Gateways.
CAUTION When the Carrier® ChillerVu™ is a CCN Gateway (the default from the factory is a Bridge), it
must be discovered differently than other i-Vu® CCN routers.
Prepare your system in SiteBuilder
For details on the following procedures and information about using a NAT router with multi-CCN, see
SiteBuilder Help.
1
In SiteBuilder, select File > New to create a new system database.
2
In the Network tree, right-click the system and add a site.
3
Right-click the site and add a BACnet/IP network
4
Repeat adding sites and a network for each Gateway in your system.
NOTE Every BACnet/IP network MUST be the same number throughout the system.
5
Close SiteBuilder.
The i-Vu® Pro application
1
After setting up the sites and networks in SiteBuilder, use the i-Vu® Pro application to discover the
Gateways, Bridges, and controllers.
2
In the navigation tree, select the site where you want the Carrier® ChillerVu™ discovered and go to the
Devices page > Manage tab.
3
Click Find Devices.
4
Select the Carrier® ChillerVu™ in the list on the Manage tab and click Upload All Content
5
You must set the Carrier® ChillerVu™ to be the Gateway or Bridge.
a)
Right-click the router, select Driver Properties.
b)
Expand Protocols and select CCN.
c)
Select the correct baud from drop-down list.
d)
If it is the Gateway, select CCN Gateway for Device Type. If it is a Bridge, select CCN Bridge.
e)
Fill in Element number.
6
Select a site in the navigation tree and go to Devices > CCN Setup tab.
7
Enter your CCN Gateway IP address and click Connect to Gateway. When complete, the parameters
appear below the Gateway's IP address.
NOTE You can edit the Server IP Address on the CCN Setup tab before the Gateway is discovered. This is
important for systems with multiple NICs.
8
After connecting to the Gateway, select it in the navigation tree.
9
On the Devices page > CCN Discovery tab, verify that Discover Tables is checked.
NOTE The scanning time for discovering tables increases based on the number of devices. You may
choose to discover tables at a later time for a faster scan.
10 Enter the Bus and Element ranges that encompass all your devices under that Gateway.
NOTES
○
In a system with multiple Gateways, every Gateway must be Bus 0.
○
Depending on your number of devices, it could be faster to scan several small ranges.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
175
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
11 Click Start Scan. When the process is complete, a message appears showing the number of control
programs found.
NOTES
○
You can leave this page and the discovery continues.
○
If you have already set up multiple sites, you can select them one at a time in the navigation tree
and start the scanning process for each. They can run simultaneously, even though you have to start
the scan for each site separately.
○
If the scan does not begin, wait a minute and try again. There may be a delay when first starting the
system.
○
If an error message appears, click on the message to view an explanation.
12 You must Download after the scan is complete, to download the control programs, drivers, and
parameters. Use either of the following methods:
○
On the Downloads page, from the system level, all of the Gateways and Bridges appear in the list as
they are discovered. You can multi-select, click Start and download them all at the same time.
○
On the Devices page > CCN Discovery tab, one site at a time, click Download CCN after CCN devices
have been scanned and appear in the list on the page.
NOTE This process can be time consuming. While waiting, you may want to create the navigation tree for
the User view. See Create navigation tree. (page 191)
TIPS
•
indicates you need to download the device by clicking Download CCN.
•
Click
to view a log of activity on the Devices page in the current session. Copy to Clipboard lets you
copy the text to paste it into another application.
•
Status messages are color coded as follows:
○
Red - reports an error
○
Blue - requires action
○
Green - indicates an upload or download is in process
To assign and download a custom CCN equipment file
To add a custom control program to the list of available programs:
1
In the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, right-click the controller you want to associate the equipment or control
program with.
2
Either double-click the controller in the navigation tree, or right-click and select Configure in the list.
3
Enter the Display Name.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
176
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
4
To add a control program to the list of possible .equipment files in i-Vu® Pro, do one of the following:
If the control program is...
In the Control Program drop-down list
a. Select the control program that you generated in
EquipmentBuilder or Snap.
b. Click Accept.
Not in the Control Program drop-down list a. Click Add New.
b. Browse to select the equipment file.
c. Click Open.
d. Click Continue.
e. Click Close.
f. Click Close again.
5
To add a graphic, do one of the following:
If the graphic is...
In the Views Available list
a. Select the graphic, then click Attach.
b. Click Accept.
Not in the Views Available list
a. Click Add New.
b. Browse to select the view file.
c. Click Open.
d. Click Continue.
e. Click Close.
f. Click Close again.
6
When finished, select the Gateway in the navigation tree and select the Devices page.
7
Click Download CCN to finalize your changes.
For additional pieces of equipment controlled by your Universal Controller/Comfort Controller
(expansion controllers)
1
In the navigation tree, select the device manager that the controller is associated with.
2
Select the Devices page and click Add Control Program.
3
Enter the Display Name.
4
Select the controller or Gateway that you want to associate the new equipment with. If you select CCN
Controller, enter the Bus and Element number of the controller.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
177
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
5
Do one of the following:
If the control program is...
In the Control Program drop-down list
a. Select the control program that you generated in
EquipmentBuilder.
b. Click Accept.
Not in the Control Program drop-down list a. Click Add New.
b. Browse to select the view file.
c. Click Open.
d. Click Continue.
e. Click Close.
f. Click Close again.
6
Add a graphic or, if finished, select the Gateway in the navigation tree and, on the Devices page, click
Download CCN to finalize your changes.
7
To add a graphic, do one of the following:
If the graphic is...
In the Views Available list
a. Select the graphic.
b. Click Accept.
Not in the Views Available list
a. Click Add New.
b. Browse to select the view file.
c. Click Open.
d. Click Continue.
e. Click Close.
f. Click Close again.
8
When finished, select the Gateway in the navigation tree and, on the Devices page, click Download CCN
to finalize your changes.
To view an equipment's CCN tables
1
In the navigation tree, select the equipment.
2
Click
3
Select the table you want to view.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
next to the equipment to expand it.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
178
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Working with Universal and Comfort Controllers (CCN)
Universal Controllers (UC) and Comfort Controllers (CC) are assigned a generic equipment and view file, which
have setpoint control, but no additional pre-mapped I/O. To generate additional I/O points for graphic display,
you must use EquipmentBuilder to create custom equipment files that support your application. These files
map the CCN variables to i-Vu® BACnet points.
In EquipmentBuilder, you can create CCN Values Only, Read Integration, or Link Integration custom
equipment for UC/CC's that are tailored for your specific application.
EquipmentBuilder can also create some stand-alone applications for Consumable Reports for:
•
Energy Meters
•
Non-linear flow meters
•
Energy (BTU) consumption
•
Equipment Runtime
NOTE You can add these options to CCN Values Only and Link Integration custom equipment and require
mapping just the points to be monitored.
Once the equipment files and the view file are added to a device in the i-Vu® Pro interface (page 176), you
can assign these points to custom graphic elements created in ViewBuilder.
Because CC’s will likely control multiple pieces of HVAC equipment, expansion controllers associated with
CC’s must be added to the i-Vu® Pro Devices page (select the Gateway in the navigation tree.) You can
control separate setpoints and schedules for multiple physical equipments from a single CC. The expansion
controllers support the additional equipment and view files required for these systems.
Create custom equipment files in EquipmentBuilder for UC/CC's that link only to CNN points
You create an equipment file in EquipmentBuilder for the UC/CC, which maps the I/O points required for one
or more applications. Once you have created the files, you can associate the linked I/O points with
ViewBuilder graphics.
NOTE To have a Prime Variable, (a temperature displayed in a color oval when the UC/CC is shown in a site
or area equipment list), you must select the Schedule and Setpoint option when creating the equipment file.
1
Start EquipmentBuilder. (Windows Start > All Programs > i-Vu_Tools_x.x)
2
Click Create Equipment.
3
Select i-Vu EquipmentBuilder SAL from the Library drop-down list.
4
Select equipment type: Custom Equipment > CCN Values Only.
5
Click Next.
6
In Equipment Name, type a name for the custom equipment (i.e., Hot Water system).
7
Enable English or Metric units.
8
Select options from the drop-down lists.
9
Select Schedule and Setpoint in the first drop-down list to use the setpoint slidebar graphic in the i-Vu®
Pro interface and to have a Prime Variable (a temperature displayed in a color oval when the UC/CC is
shown in a site or area equipment list).
10 Click Next.
11 Choose the type of element, quantity, and click
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
179
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Add Elements to your application
NOTE Elements are a collection of input/output points that perform a specific operation. The
input/output point that is reading or writing to the UC/CC is called a CCN point.
The available Elements that you can add to your custom equipment in EquipmentBuilder are:
1
Point type
Used for
Read CCN Point
Reading an analog or binary value from the UC/CC
Carrier Text Point
Reading a text string from the UC/CC
Analog - Setpoint Write
Reading and writing individual variables
Demand Limit Load to Shed
!/O points for Demand Limiting
As you add Elements, enter the requested information for the CCN points:
○
Display Text - the description of the point as it appears in the i-Vu® Pro interface (i.e., Pump status)
○
Reference Base - the name of the point used when linking the point to a graphic element. All points
have a unique identifier (i.e.,input_pumpstat, trendPumpstat)
○
Input Address - enter the CCN path to link to this point. In the i-Vu® Pro interface, all CCN tables
have a Copy Path symbol
at the far right of the display. Clicking on this symbol places a copy of
the path on the clipboard. In EquipmentBuilder, paste the path into the Input Address field, using
Ctrl+v.
2
When you are finished adding Elements for your application, click Next.
3
Type a new Equipment Name, if desired.
4
In Save Location, browse to a location where you would like to save the new custom equipment.
5
Click Save.
Custom graphic
Use ViewBuilder to edit the graphic.
Create custom equipment files for UC/CC's that link to TPI points
You create an equipment file In EquipmentBuilder for the UC/CC, which maps the I/O points required for one
or more applications. In this type of equipment, you can link CCN to TPI points in a UC/CC. Once you have
created the files, you can associate the linked I/O points with ViewBuilder graphics.
NOTE To have a Prime Variable, (a temperature displayed in a color oval when the UC/CC is shown in a site
or area equipment list), that comes from a TPI point, you must select the Link to Third Party to Prime Variable
option when creating the equipment file. You must not select he Schedule and Setpoint option for this
equipment.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
180
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
1
Start EquipmentBuilder. (Windows Start > All Programs > i-Vu Tools x.x)
2
Click Create Equipment.
3
Select i-Vu ApplicationBuilder.
4
Select equipment type: Custom Equipment > CCN Link Integration.
5
Click Next.
6
In Equipment Name, type a name for the custom equipment (i.e., Hot Water system).
7
Select options from the drop down menus.
8
Click Next.
9
Choose the type of element, quantity and click the
.
Add Elements to your application
NOTE Elements are a collection of input/output points that perform a specific operation. The
input/output point that is reading or writing to the UC/CC is called a CCN point.
The available Elements that you can add to your custom equipment in EquipmentBuilder are:
Point type
Used for
Read CCN Point
Reading an analog or binary value from the UC/CC
Read Integration Point
Reading an analog or binary value from a TPI
Carrier Text Point
Read a text string from the UC/CC
Analog - Setpoint Write
Reading and writing individual variables
Analog - Link CCN to Integration
Writes CCN variables to TPI
Analog – Link Integration to CCN
Writes TPI variables to CCN
Analog – Link CCN Passive to Integration
Writes CCN variables to TPI
Analog – Link Integration to CCN Passive
Writes TPI variables to CCN
Analog – BACnet Value to CCN
Writes BACnet variable to CCN
Analog - CCN to Integration Setpoint Write
Writes CCN to TPI setpoint
Analog - Manual TPI output/setpoint
Manual control from UI to TPI/CCN
Demand Limit Load to Shed
I/O points for Demand Limiting
Binary – Link CCN to Integration
Writes CCN variables to TPI
Binary – Link Integration to CCN
Writes TPI variables to CCN
Binary – Link CCN Passive to Integration
Writes CCN variables to TPI
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
181
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Used for
Point type
1
Binary – Link Integration to CCN Passive
Writes TPI variables to CCN
Binary – Link BACnet Value to CCN
Writes BACnet variable to CCN
Binary - Manual Control
Manual Control from UI to TPI/CCN
Binary - Time Manual Control
Delay on Make Control
As you add Elements, enter the requested information for the CCN or TPI points:
○
Display Text - the description of the point as it appears in the i-Vu® Pro interface (i.e., Pump status)
○
Reference Base - the name of the point which is used when linking the point to a graphic element.
All points have a unique identifier (i.e.,input_pumpstat, trendPumpstat)
○
Input Address - enter the CCN path to link to this point. In the i-Vu® Pro interface, all CCN tables will
have a Copy Path symbol
at the far right of the display. Click on this symbol to place a copy of
the path on the clipboard. In EquipmentBuilder, paste the path into the Input Address field, using
Ctrl+v.
2
When you are finished adding Elements for your application, click Next.
3
Type a new Equipment Name, if desired.
4
In Save Location - browse to a location where you would like to save the new custom equipment.
5
Click Save.
Custom graphic
Use ViewBuilder to edit the graphic.
Create stand-alone applications
In EquipmentBuilder, you can create some pre-engineered, stand-alone equipment applications with a view
for Consumable Reports for Energy Meters (electric, gas, water, steam, generic), non-linear flow meters,
energy (BTU) consumption, and equipment runtime.
These options can be added to CCN Values Only and Link Integration custom equipments. Mapping the
points allows monitoring.
NOTES
•
1 meter and 1 Runtime may be added to equipment.
•
There is an application for a CCN Vertical Pack unit. This is a CC with special software and BEST++. While
this controller can be discovered in the i-Vu® Pro application in CCN Setup as a Vertical Pack, none of
the possible selected options can be auto-discovered, so only a base view is generated. This application
allows your to generate a correct equipment and view file, based on the selected options.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
182
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Map to Point procedures for the UC/CC
I/O Points that are included in a custom equipment file are automatically mapped to their associated CCN
points once the file is downloaded in the i-Vu® Pro application. The following procedure is not required for
those points.
This procedure is necessary to map associated points with the Setpoint Support option:
1
In the navigation tree, select the UC/CC and click + to expand tables.
2
Click + next to the table headings (Setpoint, Status Display, Maintenance, etc.) to see additional tables.
3
Select the table you want.
4
Click the drop-down list under Map to Point in the far right column and select the variable to be mapped.
NOTE Not Mapped erases any previously selected information.
5
Click Accept. The Map to Point entry changes to the mapped point's description.
Working with Terminal System Managers
A Terminal System Manager (TSM) that is scanned into the system is assigned an auto-generated equipment
that represents Group 1 in the TSM. Group 1 is the default group which can control the setpoints and
occupancy for all of the existing zones, or up to 16 specifically selected zones. This equipment is pre-mapped
and requires no further action.
All other Groups or Zone equipment must be added as expansion equipments. You must use
EquipmentBuilder to create the necessary additional Group or Zone equipment files. These files map the CCN
variables to i-Vu® BACnet points and replace the default equipment in the expansion equipments that have
been added for the additional Groups or Zones.
Once the equipment files are created and uploaded to the i-Vu® Pro application, these points can be
assigned to custom graphic elements, which you create in ViewBuilder.
Expansion equipment associated with a TSM must be added to the i-Vu® Pro application on the Devices page
to support additional Groups and Zones. You must create separate equipment and view files in
EquipmentBuilder for each expansion equipment.
Important points when setting up your TSM in the i-Vu® Pro application
•
You must add each group or zone as a new equipment.
•
TSM’s can only be on Bus 0.
•
Only the Gateway can be Bus 0.
•
The Gateway can support 140 devices and 200 equipments
•
A fully utilized TSM (12 Groups/64 Zones) takes 76 equipment files.
NOTE If you have 2 TSM’s with 8 Groups and 37 Zones in each, it takes 45 equipment files for each
TSM, or a total of 90 equipment files from a possible 200. This allows another 110 equipments for every
other controller on Bus 0.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
183
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Create custom equipment files in EquipmentBuilder for Terminal System Managers (TSM)
EquipmentBuilder creates .equipment and .view files for the TSM temperature zones and control groups. The
.equipment file contains points that you finish formatting in the i-Vu® Pro interface after uploading.
You specify the air source(s) that the TSM communicates with by configuring its Linkage function. A system
can consist either of 1 TSM communicating with 1 to 4 air sources, or 1 to 4 TSM's communicating with a
single air source.
1
Start EquipmentBuilder. (Windows Start > All Programs > i-Vu_Tools_x.x)
2
Click Create Equipment.
3
Select your equipment type:
○
TSM II Plus Group
○
TSM II Plus Zone
○
TSM II Group
○
TSM II Zone
4
Click Next.
5
In Equipment Name, type a name for the custom equipment (i.e., Hot Water system).
6
Enable English or Metric units.
7
Click Next.
8
Check the files that you want to generate.
9
Browse to the desired location to store your files and click Open.
10 Click Next.
11 Click Save.
12 Click Exit to close or Start Over to create another equipment file.
Custom graphic
Use ViewBuilder to edit the graphic or make a custom graphic.
Assign and download a TSM equipment file in the i-Vu® Pro application
When you scan equipment in the i-Vu® Pro application, each TSM is assigned Group 1. You must:
•
Add a new separate equipment for each additional zone and group that you want a graphic for
•
Create the .equipment file for each in EquipmentBuilder
•
Upload the .equipment and .view file for the new equipment that was added in the i-Vu® Pro application
The group or zone that you create in EquipmentBuilder contains setpoint support, schedules, and a Group or
Zone's points configuration. The CCN path information is automatically configured, however, it is incomplete
and you must use a Search and Replace function to exchange the generic Groups or Zones for your specific
Group or Zone number.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
184
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To upload an equipment file to a TSM Group or Zone that is already present in the i-Vu® Pro
application
1
Either double-click the controller in the navigation tree, or right-click and select Configure in the list.
2
Enter the Display Name.
3
To add a control program to the list of possible .equipment files in i-Vu® Pro, do one of the following:
If the control program is...
In the Control Program drop-down list
a. Select the control program that you generated in
EquipmentBuilder or Snap.
b. Click Accept.
Not in the Control Program drop-down list a. Click Add New.
b. Browse to select the equipment file.
c. Click Open.
d. Click Continue.
e. Click Close.
f. Click Close again.
4
To add a graphic, do one of the following:
If the graphic is...
In the Views Available list
a. Select the graphic, then click Attach.
b. Click Accept.
Not in the Views Available list
a. Click Add New.
b. Browse to select the view file.
c. Click Open.
d. Click Continue.
e. Click Close.
f. Click Close again.
5
When finished, select the Gateway in the navigation tree and select the Devices page.
6
Click Download CCN to finalize your changes.
To add expansion equipment for additional groups and zones controlled by your TSM
(expansion controllers)
1
In the navigation tree, select the device manager that the controller is associated with.
2
Select the Devices page and click Add Control Program.
3
Enter the Display Name.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
185
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
4
Select the controller or Gateway that you want to associate the new equipment with. If you select CCN
Controller, enter the Bus and Element number of the controller.
5
Do one of the following:
If the control program is...
In the Control Program drop-down list
a. Select the control program that you generated in
EquipmentBuilder.
b. Click Accept.
Not in the Control Program drop-down list a. Click Add New.
b. Browse to select the view file.
c. Click Open.
d. Click Continue.
e. Click Close.
f. Click Close again.
6
Add a graphic or, if finished, select the Gateway in the navigation tree and, on the Devices page, click
Download CCN to finalize your changes.
7
To add a graphic, do one of the following:
If the graphic is...
In the Views Available list
a. Select the graphic.
b. Click Accept.
Not in the Views Available list
a. Click Add New.
b. Browse to select the view file.
c. Click Open.
d. Click Continue.
e. Click Close.
f. Click Close again.
8
When finished, select the Gateway in the navigation tree and, on the Devices page, click Download CCN
to finalize your changes.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
186
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Configure the path to the source of the point for TSM Groups and Zones
A generic list of points is created in the i-Vu® Pro application when the TSM Group or Zone is scanned into the
system or when you upload the .equipment file.
You must initially revise the address of the path for every point!
1
Select the TSM Group or Zone in the navigation tree, then click Properties > Network Points tab.
2
To substitute the correct Group or Zone number where the double X (XX) is in each path, click the
Search/Replace button under the Address column.
3
Enter "XX" in the Search field and enter the appropriate Zone or Group number in the Replace field. This
updates all of the paths for that Zone or Group.
IMPORTANT!
TSM Zone 1 requires an extra step because 1 point has a slightly different name than in Zones 2 thru 64. The
setpoint offset point in Zone 1 is inadvertently named STPOFF, while it is named SPTOFF in the remaining
Zones.
This causes an error because the point is incorrectly mapped in the template for Zone 1, even though it is
correctly mapped for Zones 2 through 64.
You must change SPTOFF to STPOFF for this one zone!
Example:
CCN://LINK/TZDSP01/SPTOFFST must be changed to CCN://LINK/TZDSP01/STPOFFST.
Integrating third-party data into the i-Vu® Pro system
You can integrate third-party devices into a i-Vu® Pro system if the following are true:
•
•
•
•
The third-party devices are physically connected on the i-Vu® Pro system’s network
You have a Carrier controller that supports third-party integration
You have the correct Carrier driver for the third-party protocol
You have enabled a port for a third-party protocol on the Carrier controller’s driver page
To read from or write to a third-party device, you need the following information from the third-party vendor:
•
Protocol
•
Third-party device’s network address
•
Memory location of the object in the device you want to read from or write to
If you are integrating with BACnet devices, you can use the i-Vu® Pro BACnet Discovery (page 188) feature to
gather this information.
Before you begin a third-party integration, study the Carrier controller’s Installation and Start-up Guides and
the third-party protocol’s Integration Guide. Both are available on the Carrier website
(http://www.hvacpartners.com).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
187
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
The following Carrier routers let you integrate the allowed number of third-party points into your i-Vu® Pro
system:
This router...
Allows this number of non-BACnet third-party points...
i-Vu® Link
500
i-Vu® Open Link
500
Carrier® ChillerVu™
1000
NOTE The point allowance of a router that provides third-party points applies to only itself. For example, if you
purchase an i-Vu® Open Link and download control programs that use 125 third-party Network I/O points,
you cannot apply the unused 125 points to a different router.
To discover third-party BACnet networks, devices, and objects
The i-Vu® Pro BACnet Discovery feature locates all accessible BACnet networks, BACnet devices, and BACnet
objects (including devices in your i-Vu® Pro system) on a BACnet network. The information gathered in this
process is typically used to integrate third-party BACnet devices and their BACnet objects into the i-Vu® Pro
system.
To use BACnet Discovery:
1
On the i-Vu® Pro System Options tree, select Connections.
2
On the Configure tab, disconnect the BACnet/IP connection.
3
While the connection is stopped, enter or verify the server's IP Address and Subnet Mask for the
BACnet/IP connection.
4
Restart the connection.
5
Close the System Options window.
6
On the navigation tree, select the system level.
7
Click Devices.
8
On the Advanced tab, click Start to discover BACnet sites for the system. An item called Discovered
Networks appears in the tree.
9
To discover BACnet networks, select Discovered Networks, then click Go. A list of all BACnet networks
appears on the navigation tree. After all networks are found, close the status dialog box.
TIP Run a commstat manual command to determine which device routes to each network. The
BACnet Bind Show Network section of the Commstat window shows the IP address of the router to each
network.
10 To discover BACnet devices on a network, select a network on the navigation tree, then click Go. After all
devices are found, close the status dialog box. Click beside an item to expand the list of devices.
11 To discover BACnet objects on a device, select the device on the navigation tree, then click Go. After all
objects are found, close the status dialog box. A list of all BACnet objects in this device appears on the
navigation tree.
TIP Make sure you are discovering objects in the correct device. It may take some time to discover
objects in devices with more than 100 objects.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
188
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
12 Optional: Do the following to export the BACnet information so that it can be used in the Snap
application:
a)
On the navigation tree, select a discovered network with devices or a single device.
b)
Click Export.
c)
Name and save the .discovery file in any folder.
NOTES
•
Some third-party BACnet devices may not be discovered because they do not support the BACnet
methods required for auto discovery.
•
If the discovery process returns ambiguous information, such as multiple points with similar names,
contact the third-party manufacturer's representative for clarification.
•
Device configuration or network load can prevent the i-Vu® Pro interface from showing all BACnet
devices. If you do not see a BACnet device that you expect to see, check the system's BBMD
configurations. If the configurations are correct, try the discovery process again.
To determine the number of non-BACnet third-party points used in a system
In SiteBuilder, right-click the system level on the Geographic tree, then select Run Global Point Count.
TIP Select Run Local Point Count below the system level to count third-party points at and below the
selected item.
SiteBuilder displays the addresses that require licensing, but does not show the location of the point.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
189
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To determine the number of third-party points used in a controller
In the SiteBuilder application
Right-click the controller on the Network tree, then select Run Point Count.
In the i-Vu® Pro application
1
On the navigation tree, right-click the controller.
2
Select Driver Properties > Properties page > Settings tab, and then scroll to the bottom of the page.
3
Number of integration points requested and Number of integration points active show how many nonBACnet third-party Network I/O microblocks the controller is using. These two counts will differ if you
exceed the product's integration point limits. For example, if your control program includes 27 Modbus
points, your Integration points requested will be 27 and your Integration points active will be 25.
To configure LonWorks points using the LonWorks Integration Tool
1
Log in to the i-Vu® Pro application.
2
Double-click the third party controller in the navigation tree. A dialog window appears.
3
Click Export.erl under Integration Points.
4
Click Save.
5
Browse to a location on your computer to save the file. (The file will have a .erl extension.)
6
Start the LonWorks Integration Tool (Lonworks_Integration_Tool.jar).
7
Click
8
Follow the wizard's instructions to create your LonWorks addresses.
9
Click
to start the wizard
to save the file to your PC. (The file will be saved with a .erl extension.)
10 Return to i-Vu® Pro.
11 In the navigation tree, double-click the to open the Configure dialog box.
12 Navigate to Integration Points at the bottom of the screen and click Import .erl.
13 Browse to the .erl file that you saved in the LonWorks Integration Tool.
14 Click Open and then Continue to upload the file.
15 Click Close. The LonWorks addresses are now set.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
190
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Create navigation tree for the User view
The navigation tree is a hierarchical representation of the areas or locations at your site and the mechanical
equipment in your system.
1
Use the Arrange User View window in the Installer view to add, delete, rename, or move items in your
tree. You can also select a system or controller in the tree and right-click to configure change it.
2
Right-click on your system name at the top of the tree in the Arrange User View window and select Add
Area (or click
in the toolbar above the navigation tree). Type in the name of an area, location, or
building that contains mechanical equipment.
3
Repeat the above until all required areas have been added to the navigation tree. The following is an
example:
4
To move one or more controllers to a specific area, select the icon in the User tree, (use Ctrl+click,
Shift+click, or both to select multiple controllers) and:
○
Use the Move Up or Move Down arrows in the toolbar
○
Use Move Up or Move Down arrows in right-click menu
○
Drag and drop
NOTES
•
A user with the Administrator role can change the display name in the User view by selecting the item in
the navigation tree and double-clicking, or right-clicking and selecting Configure. The Installer must make
all other changes.
•
In the Installer view, click and drag the tab at the top of Arrange User View to adjust the height of the
window.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
191
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Configuring your system
Work with controllers, set up Linkage, and perform Test and Balance
Refer to your individual controller's Installation and Start-up Guide for detailed explanations and procedures
on configuration, sequence of operation, and Linkage.
Commissioning equipment
Follow the process below to commission system equipment.
Step 1: Check out point setup
1
On the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, select the piece of equipment you want to check out.
2
Click Properties.
3
View and change properties on the I/O Points, Alarm Sources, Trend Sources, Network Points, BACnet
Objects, and Rnet Points tabs. See "Property descriptions" below.
4
After completing the equipment checkout, click the Equipment Checkout tab.
5
Select Checked Out. This field is for your reference only.
6
Optional: Type notes.
7
○
Notes typed in this field appear in the Equipment Checkout report and can also be changed from
the SiteBuilder Notes tab and the Properties page Notes field for this piece of equipment.
○
Notes remain in this field until an operator deletes them.
Optional: Click the Reports drop-down arrow button, then select and run each of the following reports to
verify your work:
○
Equipment > Point List
○
Alarms > Alarm Sources
○
Equipment > Trend Usage
○
Equipment > Network IO
TIP You can export the calibrated data so that you can import it into another control program. See
Optional: Import/export calibration data (page 198).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
192
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Property descriptions
I/O Points
Name
Click the name to display the microblock pop-up.
NOTE A red name indicates a fault condition where the point may be misconfigured.
EXAMPLE No input/output number or a nonexistent input/output number.
Type
Type of Input or Output point.
Value
The point's present value.
Offset
Allows for fine calibration of the present value of an analog point.
Polarity
Determines the point’s binary normal polarity in the control program.
NOTE Polarity is not the hardware normally open/normally closed position.
Locked
Select the checkbox to lock the present value at the value you specify.
Exp:Num
Expander numbers and input or output numbers associated with where the physical point
wires, such as a sensor wire, are physically connected to a controller.
I/O Type
Selects the bank of physical inputs or outputs on the controller.
Sensor
Selects how the physical input is mapped to the engineering units.
Min/Max is used with the sensor type of linear to scale the input to engineering units.
NOTE This field is ignored for sensor types other than linear.
EXAMPLE: AI
linear sensor type
min
max
when input reads
Actuator
-10
50
100%
50%
0%
the value is
50
20
-10
Selects how the present value in engineering units is mapped to the physical output.
Min/Max is used with the actuator type of linear to scale the output from engineering
units.
NOTE This field is ignored for actuator types other than linear.
EXAMPLE: AO
linear sensor type
min
max
when input reads
-10
50
50
20
-10
the output is
100%
50%
0%
Resolution
Amount by which the present value will change.
EXAMPLE If a physical input changes by 1, but the resolution is set at 2, then the present
value remains the same. If the input changes by 2, the present value will then change by
2.
Checked Out
These fields are for your reference only.
Checkout Notes
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
193
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Alarm Sources
Name
Click the name to display the microblock pop-up.
Type
Type of point that is an alarm source.
Alarm
Shows Alarm in red if a current alarm exists.
Network Visible
Select to allow the microblock to be seen by the i-Vu® Pro application and third-party
BACnet controllers on the network.
Potential alarm
source
Select to enable the microblock to generate alarms.
Alarm Enabled
Alarm—Select to generate an alarm when conditions exceed the limits set in the Condition
column.
Return—Select to generate a return-to-normal message when the alarm condition returns
to a normal state.
Fault—Select to have an alarm generated if the alarm source is not configured correctly.
For example, a misconfigured channel number produces a no sensor fault.
Requires ack
Alarm—Select to require that the alarm be acknowledged.
Return—Select to require that the return-to-normal message be acknowledged.
Critical
Select if the alarm is critical.
Category
You can change the alarm category assigned to the microblock.
Condition
An alarm will be generated if conditions exceed the low or high limits set.
Deadband:
The amount inside the normal range by which an alarm condition must return before a
return-to-normal notification is generated.
EXAMPLE
Delay
Delay time in seconds for notification after an alarm is generated.
Trend Sources
Name
Click the name to display the microblock pop-up.
NOTE A red name indicates a fault condition where the point may be misconfigured.
EXAMPLE No input/output number or a nonexistent input/output number.
Type
The type of point being trended.
Sample Interval
The interval or COV (Change of Value) increment that triggers the trend sample.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
194
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Max Samples
The maximum number of trend samples the controller will hold before replacing oldest
samples with newest.
NOTE Changing Max Num of Samples will delete all of the point's trend samples currently
stored in the controller. But, you can transfer the trend data from the controller to the
system database before you change the value. Click on the point name. In the pop-up, go
to Trends > Enable/Disable, and then click Store Trends Now.
Stop When Full
Stops trend sampling when the maximum number of samples is reached.
Historian Enable
(Samples)
Triggers the trend historian to record trends when the controller has accumulated the
defined number of samples. This must be less than the Max Samples allocated.
TIP A good value is a little less than 1/2 of the Max Samples.
Keep for __
days
Defines how long trend data is stored in the system database. This is based on the date
that the sample was read. Select System Default to use the value defined on the System
Settings > General tab, or select Custom to set a value for this trend only.
Samples in
Controller
The number of samples that are currently stored in the controller.
Network Points
Name
Click the name to display the microblock pop-up.
NOTE A red name indicates a condition where the point may be misconfigured.
Type
Type of network point.
Value
The point's present value.
EXAMPLE For a Maximum point type, Value is the maximum value of all the target BACnet
object properties the point is communicating with.
Locked
Select the checkbox to lock the present value at the value you specify.
Default Value
The value that the control program will use as the point’s value when communication with
the target defined in the Address column is lost or communication is disabled.
Com Enabled
Select to enable this point’s network communications. Disable this property for
troubleshooting.
NOTE Select All in the column header to quickly enable all points in the control program.
COV Enable
Refresh Time
(mm:ss)
Select to make:
•
A digital network output point write a value to the target defined in the Address
column only when the value changes.
•
An analog network output point write a value only when the value changes by the
specified increment.
The time interval at which the network point writes or retrieves the value to or from the
target. For network output points, this time is used when COV is not enabled or when COV
is enabled but fails.
NOTE If COV fails and the Refresh Time is zero, the value is sent once per second.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
195
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Address
The address of the target BACnet object property or third-party value that the point
communicates with.
NOTE Click Search/Replace at the top of the Address column to have the i-Vu® Pro
application replace all instances of specific text in the addresses with different text. This is
especially useful when copying a control program to use for multiple third-party devices.
Error
The error code and error if the point cannot communicate with the target.
Present Value
Current value of the target defined in the Address column.
Checked Out
These fields are for your reference only.
Checkout Notes
Notes typed in this field appear in the Equipment Points List Report.
BACnet Objects
Name
Click the name to display the microblock pop-up.
NOTE A red name indicates a condition where the point may be misconfigured.
Reference
name
A unique identifier that allows the point to be referenced for used for graphics, source tree
rules, or network links.
Type
The BACnet object type.
Present Value
The object's current value.
Locked
Check to lock the third-party object to a specific value.
Device
A device alias. See "To reuse a control program" in Device Alias.
Object Name
An alpha-numeric string that is unique within the third-party device.
Object ID
A combination of the object type and a unique instance number. The object ID must be
unique within the device.
Address
The address of the third-party object that the microblock references.
Network Visible
Allows other BACnet equipment to read or change the microblock's present value. Must be
enabled for this microblock to generate alarms.
Rnet Points
This tab shows varying information for the different point types. Below are all possible properties that may
appear on this tab and a list of the applicable points. The following list is arranged alphabetically.
Combination
Algorithm
(Analog Sensed Values)
The method used to combine the ZS sensors' values to determine the microblock's
output value.
Default Value
(Analog Parameters, Binary Parameters, Multi-State Parameters)
The value the control program uses until a user changes the value in the system
interface.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
196
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Display
Resolution
(Analog Sensed Values, Analog Statuses, Analog Parameters)
Defines the resolution of the value to be displayed on the ZS sensor. For example, 1
displays only integers (example: 74) and 0.5 displays values to the nearest 0.5 (example:
74.5).
Edit Increment
(Analog Parameters)
The amount that you want each press of the sensor's
microblock's value.
or
button to change the
Editable
(Analog Parameters, Binary Parameters)
When enabled, the microblock's value is editable on the ZS sensor.
Lock Present
Value to
(Binary Parameters)
Check to output the locked value from the microblock instead of the microblock's
calculated value.
Maximum
(Analog Parameters)
The highest amount that this value can be changed to on the ZS sensor or in the i-Vu®
Pro interface.
Menu
Configuration
(All points)
Shows which sensor screens display the value.
Minimum
(Analog Parameters)
The lowest amount that this value can be changed to on the ZS sensor or in the i-Vu®
Pro interface.
Minimum off
time
(Binary Parameters)
The minimum period (seconds) that the microblock sends an off signal to the controller,
regardless of the input signal to the microblock.
Minimum on
time
(Binary Parameters)
The minimum period (seconds) that the microblock sends an on signal to the controller,
regardless of the input signal to the microblock.
Object Id
(All points)
A combination of the object type and a unique instance number.
Object Name
(All points)
A unique alphanumeric string that defines the BACnet object. Although the Object Name
field can be edited, it is not recommended.
Reference name
(All points)
A unique identifier that allows the point to be referenced for used for graphics, source
tree rules, or network links.
Rnet Tag
(All points)
Defines what type of information this value represents and determines how the sensor
will display the value. For example, for the Rnet Tag Fan Status, the sensor automatically
displays
on the Home screen when the microblock is active.
Show on sensors
(Analog Sensed Values)
Defines whether the ZS sensors are to display their individual sensed values, or the value
determined by the Combination Algorithm.
Type
(All points)
Type of Input or Output point.
Value
(All points)
The point's present value.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
197
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Step 2: Check controller communication
1
On the navigation tree, select the network that the controller is on.
2
On the Devices page, view the status of all controllers on that network.
TIPS
•
Navigate to a network or router further down in the tree to show its controllers on the Devices page.
•
In the Reports button drop-down list, select Network > Equipment Status, then click Run to see the
status of all controllers below the selected tree item.
Step 3: Check equipment operation
Refer to the sequences of operation in the system specifications to verify that the equipment operates in
each operational mode (for example, occupied and unoccupied) as specified.
TIP If needed, you can import calibration data that you exported from another control program. See
Optional: Import/export calibration data (page 198).
Step 4: Check the commissioned status
1
In the i-Vu® Pro interface, select the system.
2
Click the Reports drop-down arrow button, then select Commissioning > Equipment Checkout.
3
Run the report.
Optional: Import/export calibration data
You can export I/O point calibration data from a control program and import it into the same control program
or another control program with the same I/O point configuration.
To export calibration data
1
On the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, select the control program whose data you want to export.
2
Scroll to the bottom of the Properties page I/O Points tab, and then click Export. The file <control
program name>_<ref name>.xml is saved in your browser's Downloads folder.
To import calibration data
NOTE We recommend that you export existing data as a backup before you import new data.
1
On the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, select the control program that you want to import the data into.
2
Scroll to the bottom of the Properties page I/O Points tab, and then click Import.
3
Browse to the file you want to import.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
198
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
4
5
Click Continue. A side-by-side comparison of existing data and the new import data will appear. Red text
indicates one of the following errors:
• Duplicate data—Existing data has duplicate I/O numbers so that import cannot determine its match.
• I/O type mismatch—I/O Type in existing data does not match I/O Type in import data.
• Missing import data—Existing data has a point that import data does not have.
• Missing system data—Import data has a point that existing data does not have.
Click OK to complete the import. Existing data that does not show an error will be overwritten by the
imported data.
Adjust airflow configuration for VAV or VVT controllers
To enter airflow parameters for a VAV Zone, VVT Zone or VVT Bypass controller, right-click on the controller in
the navigation tree and select Airflow Config in the menu.
For more information, see the following microblock details.
•
VAV Zone - Airflow Control
•
VVT Zone - PD Airflow Control
•
VVT Bypass - BACnet Bypass Control
Commissioning equipment using Field Assistant
PREREQUISITES Your controllers have v4.x or later drivers.
To start up and commission a piece of equipment or a controller, you can run Field Assistant on:
•
A laptop connected to a controller's or sensor's Local Access port.
•
A laptop or computer connected to an IP network if your controllers are communicating on the network.
See Field Assistant Help for information on using Field Assistant.
Providing source files to Field Assistant
Field Assistant requires a controller's source files. Source files include:
•
•
•
•
•
Control programs (.equipment)
Drivers (.driver)
Graphics (.view)
Touchscreen files (.touch)
BACview® files (.bacview)
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
199
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To provide Field Assistant with source files, do one of the following:
•
•
Download source files from the i-Vu® Pro application (page 200) to the controller so that they can be
uploaded in Field Assistant.
NOTES
○
All Open PIC's arrive from the factory containing all their source files. They will no longer have the
source files if they have been optimized for download in the i-Vu® Pro application and then
downloaded.
○
To make sure the controller has the source files in it, verify that in the System Options > System
Settings > General tab > Download section that Optimize download for Open PIC controllers is
unchecked (the default) before downloading from the i-Vu® Pro application.
Export the source files from the i-Vu® Pro application (page 200) to a zip file so that they can be
imported in Field Assistant. This option exports all source files for all controllers in the system.
TIP If you download source files to a controller, you may still want to export files from the i-Vu® Pro
application. Importing the files in Field Assistant reduces the time required to upload the controllers.
If the technician using Field Assistant changes or adds source files, he can get the new source files back to
the i-Vu® Pro application by doing one of the following:
•
Download the source files to the controller in Field Assistant so that you can upload the files in the i-Vu®
Pro application (page 201).
•
Export the source files from Field Assistant to a zip file so that you can import the files in the i-Vu® Pro
application (page 201).
This option exports the source files for all controllers in the system to the zip file.
See Field Assistant Help for instructions on uploading, downloading, importing, or exporting source files in
Field Assistant.
To download source files from the i-Vu® Pro application
1
Click
, then select System Options > System Settings > General tab > Download section and verify
that Optimize download for Open PIC controllers is unchecked (the default setting).
2
Select the site level or a router on the navigation tree.
3
On the Devices page, select the controller that you want to download.
NOTE Shift+click or Ctrl+click to select multiple controllers to download.
4
Select All Content in the Download drop-down list, then click the Download button.
NOTE If a programmable controller does not have enough memory for the files, the download will fail and an
error message displays. You must remove or edit the control programs.
To export source files from the i-Vu® Pro application
Export the source files from the i-Vu® Pro application (page 200) to a zip file so that they can be imported in
Field Assistant. This option exports all source files for all controllers in the system.
1
Click
, then select System Options > System Settings > General tab > Source Files section and
click the Export button.
2
Save to your desired location.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
200
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To import source files in the i-Vu® Pro application
1
Click
, then select System Options > System Settings > General tab > Source Files section and
click the Import button.
2
Browse to the *sourcefiles.zip file.
3
Click Continue.
4
Click Close.
NOTE If the import detects a difference between a database file and an import file with the same name,
import does not overwrite the database file. A message lists any file differences so that you can resolve them.
To upload source files in the i-Vu® Pro application
1
Select a router in the navigation tree.
2
On the Devices page, select the controller whose files you want to upload.
NOTE Shift+click or Ctrl+click to select multiple controllers to upload.
3
Select All Content in the Upload drop-down list, then click the Upload button.
Downloading to controllers
If you make any of the following changes, you must download the new data from the i-Vu® Pro application to
the affected controllers.
In the i-Vu® Pro
interface
•
•
•
•
Change or reload a control program
Change or reload a driver
Change a schedule
NOTE A schedule change automatically downloads unless you uncheck
Automatically Download Schedules on each change on the My Settings page.
Change a screen file
The i-Vu® Pro application automatically marks the affected controllers as requiring a download. You can
download these controllers from the Properties page (page 204) for the controller, the equipment, or a
microblock.
When the i-Vu® Pro application marks a controller for download, it determines what information needs to be
downloaded based on the type of information that changed. See Download Options (page 202).
By default, Full Source files are downloaded to Open PIC controllers because Optimize download for Open
PIC controllers is unchecked in the System Options (or System Settings) > General tab > Download section.
If you have multiple sites, you can adjust this for each site individually. Check this option if you do not want
Full Source downloaded.
CAUTION If you want this option checked and purposely had it checked in your previous system, it is
automatically unchecked after upgrading and you must check it again.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
201
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
NOTES
•
A property change in the i-Vu® Pro interface is automatically downloaded to the controller. If the
download fails, the controller is added to the Downloads page with the reason for the failure.
•
To see who downloaded a controller last, go to the navigation tree, select the controller, then do one of
the following:
○
Select Properties > Control Program > and click the underlined Controller: name (Controller 1,
Controller 2...) at the top left. This opens the Controller Information page, where you click the
Module Status button.
○
Select Reports > Network > Controller Status and then click Run.
○
Right-click the controller in the tree and select Module Status.
Download Options
When the i-Vu® Pro application marks a controller for download, it determines what information needs to be
downloaded based on the type of information that changed. Below are the options that can be downloaded.
This option...
Downloads...
All Content
• Only the executable portion of the driver and control programs
• The names of all .equipment, .touch, .bacview, and .driver source files
• The names of any .view files that are marked to be included in a
download
• Parameters
• Schedules
NOTE An All Content download also:
• Synchronizes the controller's time to the i-Vu® Pro web server.
• Overwrites trends in the controller.
• Restarts the controller.
Only Schedules
All schedules that are not set for automatic download
Only Parameters
All editable properties
Only BBMDs
BBMD tables (.bdt file) that you have updated but have not yet written to the controller
NOTES
•
An All Content download clears trend, history, and alarm data from the affected controllers. At the
beginning of the download process, trends that have the Trend Historian enabled are saved to the
system database.
•
If Field Assistant will be used with your system, you can choose to have the All Content option download
the full source files instead of only their names. See Commissioning equipment using Field Assistant
(page 199).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
202
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To download from the Downloads page
The Downloads page shows any controllers that the i-Vu® Pro application marked for download. But if
needed, you can add other controllers to the list.
To download:
1
On the navigation tree, select an item to download controllers at and below that item.
2
Click Downloads.
3
Click
4
Optional: To add controllers to the list:
5
to the left of a Location to see controllers that require a download.
a)
Click Add.
b)
Select the controller(s).
NOTE Use Ctrl+click or Shift+click to select multiple controllers.
c)
Select a Download Option (page 202).
d)
Click Add, then click Close.
Select the controllers that you want to download.
NOTES
6
○
Use Ctrl+click, Shift+click, or the Select All checkbox to select multiple controllers.
○
A network's controllers download in the order shown. To change the order, select a controller(s),
then drag and drop or click Move to Top or Move to Bottom.
EXCEPTION If a controller's router requires a download, it will download first regardless of its
position on the Download page.
Click Start.
NOTES
•
•
•
•
Click Hold to stop pending
downloads. Active downloads
cannot be stopped.
Up to 5 routers can download simultaneously.
A controller is removed from the list when its download is complete.
Icons in the Tasks column indicate the following:
Active—The i-Vu® Pro application is downloading to the controller.
Pending—You initiated the download, and the controller is waiting for its turn to download.
Failed—The download failed. See If a controller fails to download (page 204).
On Hold—Indicates either of the following:
• The controller requires a download
• You clicked Hold to stop a pending
•
•
download.
Click
in the upper left-hand corner to view a log of download activity in the current session. Copy to
Clipboard lets you copy the text to paste it into another application.
To remove an item from the download list, right-click the item, then select Remove selected tasks.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
203
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To download from a Properties page
If a controller requires a download, a red download message and a Download button appear at the top of the
Properties page for the controller, the equipment, or a microblock. Click the button to start the download.
Downloading from the Properties page downloads All Content to the controller.
If a controller fails to download
A controller that fails to download appears on the Downloads page with this icon
1
.
Review the reason for the failure:
○
Hold your cursor over the failed task to see hover text giving the reason.
○
Click
in the upper left-hand corner of the page to see information on all failed downloads. Copy
to Clipboard lets you copy the text to paste it into another application.
2
Correct the problem that caused the failure.
3
Select the controller on the Downloads page, then click Start.
Monitoring and controlling equipment
You can monitor and control your equipment from:
•
•
•
The Open controller's Properties (page 25) pages
The CCN controller's Properties (page 25) pages and the tables that are available when you expand the
categories under the controller in the navigation tree
The equipment graphic (page 20) (if applicable)
To lock a BACnet point or value
You can lock certain editable parameters to a specified setting from the Properties page or microblock popup.
1
Select the Lock checkbox.
2
Type the value you want to send to the controller.
3
Click Accept.
NOTE Locked values are indicated by a dashed yellow line on graphics.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
204
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
On Properties page > Control Program tab, click
to locate the point you wish to lock.
On the microblock popup:
1.
Click on the underlined Name or Reference Name of the point on any of the Properties tabs to open
the microblock popup.
2.
Click Properties page > Details tab to lock a value.
To force a CCN point value
You can force certain editable point values to a specified setting from:
•
Equipment tables - click next to the equipment to expand tables
•
A graphic - hold down Ctrl and, using your mouse, click on the point value on the graphic. A microblock
popup appears.
•
Properties pages
Forced values are indicated by a dashed yellow line on graphics.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
205
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
1
Select the Force checkbox.
2
Type the value you want to send to the device.
3
Click Accept or Apply.
Working with drivers in the i-Vu® Pro interface
A controller's driver is defined in SiteBuilder when the system is engineered, but you can make the following
changes in the i-Vu® Pro interface.
•
Change the driver settings.
•
Change or upgrade a driver. See topic below.
•
Reload a driver if it becomes corrupt (for example, a driver page is missing in the i-Vu® Pro interface). On
the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, right-click the controller or driver, then select Reload Driver. Changes you
made on the driver pages in the i-Vu® Pro interface remain in effect.
After you make these changes, you must download All Content (page 201) to the affected controller(s).
NOTE You can also make these changes in SiteBuilder. See "To change or upgrade a driver" in SiteBuilder
Help.
To change or upgrade a driver
1
On the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, right-click the controller, then select Configure.
2
If other controllers in the system use this driver, select which controllers you want to change.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
206
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
3
Do one of the following:
If the driver is...
In the Driver Version drop-down list
a. Select the driver.
b. Click Accept.
Not in the Driver Version drop-down list
a. Click Add.
b. Browse to select the driver.
c. Click Open.
d. Click Continue.
e. Click Close.
f. Click Close again.
4
Download All Content (page 201) to the controller.
NOTE You can click Delete Unused in the Controller section to delete all unused drivers in iVu_Pro_x.x\webroot\<system_name>\drivers.
Working with touchscreen or BACview® files in the i-Vu® Pro interface
To use a touchscreen device or BACview® to view or edit a controller's property values, you must download a
screen file (.touch, .bacview, .S37, or.kpd) to the controller. The screen file is typically defined in SiteBuilder
and downloaded with the initial download to the controller, but you can select a different file in the i-Vu® Pro
interface.
To select a different screen file
1
On the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, right-click the controller, then select Driver Properties > Update tab.
2
If other controllers in the system use the current screen file, select which controllers you want to change.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
207
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
3
Do one of the following:
If the screen file is...
In the Screen file drop-down list
a. Select the file.
b. Click Accept.
Not in the Screen file drop-down list
a. Click Add.
b. Browse to select the screen file.
c. Click Open.
d. Click Continue.
e. Click Close.
f. Click Close again.
4
Download All Content (page 201) to the controller.
NOTE You can click Delete Unused in the Screen File section to delete all unused screen files in:
•
•
i-Vu_Pro_x.x\webroot\<system_name>\views
i-Vu_Pro_x.x\webroot\<system_name>\programs
To edit a screen file on an i-Vu® Pro client
On an i-Vu® Pro client, you can get a copy of a screen file from the server, edit it, then put it back on the
server.
To get the screen file
1
On the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, right-click the controller that uses the screen file, then select Driver
Properties > Update tab.
2
Under Screen File, click Edit.
3
Click Save as.
4
Browse to the folder you want to put the file in.
5
Click Save.
6
Click Close.
To put the edited file back on the server
1
On the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree, right-click the controller that uses the screen file, then select Driver
Properties > Update tab.
2
Under Screen File, click Add.
3
Browse to select the file.
4
Click Open.
5
Click Continue.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
208
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
6
Click Close.
7
Click Close again.
Setting up i-Vu® Pro client devices and web browsers
The i-Vu® Pro system can be viewed on the following client devices and web browsers.
Computers
The client computer should have at least:
• Dual core processor
• 1.5 GB RAM
• Communications link of 10 Mbps or higher
The i-Vu® Pro application will work with slower computers and slower links, but the results may not be
satisfactory.
A computer with this
operating system...
Supports these web browsers...
Windows®
GoogleTM ChromeTM v44.0 or later 1
Internet Explorer® v11 Desktop
Microsoft® Edge
Mozilla® Firefox® v39.0 or later
Mac® OS X®
(Apple® Mac only)
Safari® v8 or later 2
Google Chrome v44.0 or later
Mozilla Firefox v39.0 or later
1
Best performance
2
Best performance unless browser is running on a Mac® Mini or a MacBook:
WARNING If machine is running Mountain Lion 10.8x with an integrated Intel HD 400 graphics card,
it will experience display issues. Use one of these workarounds for better performance:
•
•
If an additional NVIDIA graphics card is available, manually switch the graphic card setting in MAC® OS
X® to use that card.
If not, use GoogleTM ChromeTM v44.0 or later.
Mobile devices
NOTES
•
Most mobile devices do not support plug-ins (Java Runtime Environment, Flash, PDF reader, etc.) so
some i-Vu® Pro add-on applications and other features may not work. The following do support plug-ins:
•
•
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Surface Pro with IE 11 Desktop
Surface 3
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
209
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
•
Touch functionality on mobile devices not tested by Carrier may or may not work with the i-Vu® Pro
application. Use at your own risk.
A tablet with this operating
system
Web browser
Tested tablets
iOS
Safari v8 or later
Apple® iPad®
Windows® RT
Internet Explorer® 11 or
Metro-style Internet Explorer® 11
Microsoft® Surface
Windows® 8.1 Pro
Internet Explorer® 11 or
Metro-style Internet Explorer® 11
Microsoft® SurfaceTM Pro
Windows® 10
Internet Explorer® 11
Microsoft® SurfaceTM Pro
Microsoft® Edge
Microsoft® SurfaceTM 3
AndroidTM
GoogleTM ChromeTM v23.0 or later
GoogleTM NexusTM 7 and 10
A smart phone
with this operating system
Web browser
Tested smart phones
AndroidTM
GoogleTM ChromeTM v44.0 or later
Nexus 6
iOS
Safari v8.4
Apple® iPhone 6
Apple® iPhone 6 Plus
Windows® Phone 10
Microsoft® Edge
Nokia LumiaTM 830
Setting up and using a computer with the i-Vu® Pro system
•
Set the monitor's screen resolution to a minimum of 1024 x 768 with 24- or 32-bit color quality
•
You may want to disable the computer's navigation sounds.
Mac only
NOTE The instructions below are for a Mac OS X 10.8. Other versions may vary slightly. See your computer's
Help if necessary.
Computer settings
To change setting...
Enable right-clicking to see
right-click menus:
On a Mac
On a MacBook
1
Select System Preferences > Mouse.
2
Click the drop-down list that points to the mouse's right-click button,
then select Secondary Button.
1
Select System Preferences > Trackpad.
2
Enable Secondary click.
The instructions in Help are for a Windows computer. For instructions that include the Ctrl key, replace Ctrl
with Command. For example, replace Ctrl+click with Command+click.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
210
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Setting up and using a web browser to view the i-Vu® Pro interface
To set up and use Internet Explorer
NOTES
•
The instructions below are for Internet Explorer® 11. Other versions may vary slightly. See your web
browser's Help if necessary.
•
If the menu bar is not visible, right-click on the window's header, and then select Menu bar.
Web browser settings
To set in Internet Explorer...
Accept First-party and
Third-party cookies
Tools > Internet Options > Privacy > Advanced button
Automatically check for newer
versions of stored pages
Tools > Internet Options > General > Browsing history > Settings button
Load ActiveX Control
Tools > Internet Options > Security > Custom Level button. Under
ActiveX controls and plug-ins, set the following:
•
•
•
•
Download signed ActiveX controls > Prompt
Download unsigned ActiveX controls > Disable
Run ActiveX controls and plug-ins > Enable
Script ActiveX controls marked safe for scripting > Enable
Select Play animations in web pages
Tools > Internet Options > Advanced > under Multimedia
Disable all the options on the Explorer
Bar
View > Explorer Bars
Disable web browser's pop-up
blockers
Tools > Pop-up Blocker > Turn Off Pop-Up Blocker
Disable external toolbar
pop-up blockers
Varies
Hide the web browser's toolbars
View > Toolbars
To...
Do the following...
Maximize the web browser window
Press F11 to turn full-screen mode on\off, or use the
minimize/maximize button in the top right corner of the browser window.
Have 2 different users logged in to
the i-Vu® Pro system on the same
computer
Start a new web browser session. Select File > New Session.
Clear browser cache
1
Select Tools > Internet Options.
2
Click Delete.
3
If you had the i-Vu® Pro system saved as a Favorite, uncheck
Preserve Favorites website data.
4
Click Delete again.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
211
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To set up and use Microsoft Edge
The instructions below are for Microsoft® Edge.
Web browser settings
To set in Microsoft Edge...
Do not block cookies
More Actions > Settings > View Advanced Settings > Cookies
Disable web browser's pop-up
blockers *
More Actions > Settings > View Advanced Settings > Block pop-ups
To...
Do the following...
Maximize the web browser window *
Use the minimize/maximize button in the top right corner of the browser
window.
Have 2 different users logged in to
the i-Vu® Pro system on the same
computer *
More Actions > New Window
Clear browser cache
More Actions > Settings > Clear browsing data > Clear
* Does not apply to Microsoft Edge on a phone.
To set up and use Mozilla Firefox
NOTES
•
The instructions below are for Mozilla® Firefox® v39.0 on a Windows operating system. Other versions
may vary slightly. See your web browser's Help if necessary.
•
If the menu bar is not visible, click
Menu bar.
•
If a message appears in the i-Vu® Pro interface that includes the checkbox Prevent this page from
creating additional dialogs, DO NOT check this box.
in the top left corner, and then select Options >
Web browser settings
To set in Firefox...
Disable Pop-up blocker
Tools > Options > Content > uncheck Block pop-up windows
Enable JavaScript
1
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Tools > Options > Content > Enable JavaScript.
Click the Advanced button to the right of Enable JavaScript, then
verify the following options are checked:
•
Move or resize popup windows
•
Raise or lower windows
•
Disable or replace context menus
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
212
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Web browser settings
To set in Firefox...
Add-ons Manager
Select Tools > Add-ons. On this page, you can enable/disable installed
add-ons such as:
•
Adobe® Acrobat® Reader (to view PDF's)
•
QuickTime Plug-in (to play audible alarms)
Only installed Firefox add-ons will show up in the list.
To...
Do the following...
Maximize the web browser window
Press F11 to turn full-screen mode on\off.
Clear browser cache
Tools > Options > Advanced > Network > Cached Web Content > Clear
Now
Have 2 different users logged in to
the i-Vu® Pro system on the same
computer
Start a new web browser session. Select File > New Private Window.
To set up and use Google Chrome
NOTES
•
The instructions below are for GoogleTM ChromeTM v44.0. Other versions may vary slightly. See your web
browser's Help if necessary.
•
If a message appears in the i-Vu® Pro interface that includes the checkbox Prevent this page from
creating additional dialogs, DO NOT check this box.
On a computer
Web browser settings
Enable pop-ups
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
To set in Chrome...
1
Click
on the browser toolbar.
2
Select Settings.
3
Click Show advanced settings.
4
Under Privacy, click Content settings.
5
Under Pop-ups, do one of the following:
•
Select Allow all sites to show pop-ups.
•
Click Manage exceptions. Type your system's IP address or
server name in the Hostname pattern field, then set Behavior to
Allow.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
213
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To...
Do the following...
Clear browser cache
1
Click
on the browser toolbar.
2
Select Tools > Clear browsing data.
3
Check the types of information that you want to remove.
4
Select a time range in the drop-down list.
5
Click Clear browsing data.
Maximize the web browser window
Press F11 on your keyboard to turn full-screen mode on/off.
Have 2 different users logged in to
the i-Vu® Pro system on the same
computer
Start a new web browser session. Click
window.
, then select New incognito
On a Google Nexus
Web browser settings
In the Chrome menu...
Turn off desktop mode
Uncheck Request desktop site
Disable pop-up blocker
Settings > Advanced > Content Settings > uncheck Block
pop-ups
Enable JavaScript
Settings > Advanced > Content Settings > check Enable JavaScript
Enable Cookies
Settings > Advanced > Content Settings > check Accept Cookies
To...
In the Chrome menu...
Clear browser cache
Settings > Advanced > Privacy > CLEAR BROWSING DATA
To set up and use Safari
NOTES
•
The instructions below are for Safari® v8. Other versions may vary slightly. See your web browser's Help
if necessary.
•
We recommend that you do not run Safari in full-screen mode. If you do, i-Vu® Pro pop-ups will open fullscreen, covering the main application window.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
214
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
On an Apple® computer (Mac®)
Web browser settings
To set in Safari...
Disable pop-up blocker
Preferences > Security > uncheck Block pop-up windows
Enable JavaScript
Preferences > Security > check Enable JavaScript
Enable Plug-ins
Preferences > Security > check Enable plug-ins
Prevent pop-ups from opening in a
new browser tab
Preferences > Tabs > uncheck Command-click opens a link in a new
tab
Prevent Safari from automatically
opening zip files exported from the iVu® Pro application
Preferences > General > uncheck Open "safe" files after downloading
To...
Do the following...
Clear browser cache
History > Clear History
Have 2 different users logged in to
the i-Vu® Pro system on the same
computer
Start a new web browser session. Select Safari > Private Browsing >
File > New window
On an Apple® iPad
Web browser settings
To set on the iPad...
Disable pop-up blocker
Settings> Safari > set Block pop-ups to Off
Enable JavaScript
Settings > Safari > set JavaScript to On
To...
Do the following...
Clear browser cache
Settings > Safari > Clear History
On an Apple® iPhone 6
Web browser settings
To set on the iPad...
Enable JavaScript
Settings > Safari > Advanced
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
215
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Web browser and operating system limitations
You can view your i-Vu® Pro system on tablets with the operating systems and web browsers listed in Setting
up i-Vu® Pro client devices and web browsers (page 209), but some functionality may be limited as described
below.
All tablets and smart phones
•
Audible alarms do not generate a sound.
•
Mozilla® Firefox® currently has many problems supporting touch gestures on tablets.
Apple® iPad® and iPhone® 6
•
The Jump To feature on a Logic page does not work in Safari® on an iPad due to way Safari handles
JavaScript on secondary tabs.
•
iOS restricts access to a file system so i-Vu® Pro features that upload or download files on a computer
client are disabled on an iPad. This applies to the following configuration features:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Configure > Edit Existing or Add New (views, control programs, screen files, drivers)
Import clipping
System Settings > General > Source Files > Export or Import
System Settings > General > Logs > Download
System Settings > Security > Permissions > Add
System Settings > Daylight Saving > Import
System Settings > Add-ons > Install Add-on
License Administration > Browse
Update (patches, service packs, drivers, language packs, graphics libraries, help)
Reports saved as XLS
•
iOS does not support plug-ins (Java Runtime Environment, Flash, etc.) so some i-Vu® Pro add-on
applications will not work on an iPad.
•
When you change a text field in the i-Vu® Pro interface, minimize the keyboard before you click Accept to
guarantee that your changes are saved.
Microsoft® SurfaceTM, SurfaceTM Pro, and SurfaceTM 3 tablets
•
The Surface RT and IE 10 or 11 Metro do not support plug-ins (Java Runtime Environment, Flash, PDF
reader, etc.) so the following features will not work.
• Some i-Vu® Pro add-on applications
• The Reports page PDF button
You can use the Surface Pro with IE 10 or 11 Desktop if you need these features.
GoogleTM NexusTM tablet and NexusTM 6 phone
•
The Nexus does not support plug-ins (Java Runtime Environment, Flash, PDF reader, etc.) so the
following features will not work.
•
•
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Some i-Vu® Pro add-on applications
The Reports page PDF button
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
216
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Using WAP devices with the i-Vu® Pro system
The i-Vu® Pro system supports Wireless Application Protocol (WAP), a communications protocol that allows
you to access your system through a WAP-enabled phone. The i-Vu® Pro application supports WAP-enabled
browsers on 2G and 3G devices on the Sprint PCS network and Pocket Internet Explorer on devices running
Windows Mobile for Pocket PC 2003 or later.
Using a WAP device, you can access the Internet and remotely manage certain aspects of your system. Only
English alphanumeric characters are supported.
NOTES
•
Navigation buttons and how the information is presented varies among WAP devices.
•
To use WAP through a secure port, you must use a certificate from a trusted Certificate Authority (CA).
Ask your phone company which Certificate Authorities they support. See "To set up TLS using a selfsigned certificate (page 158)" in i-Vu® Pro Help.
Supported i-Vu® Pro features
The WAP interface supports the following i-Vu® Pro features. You can:
•
•
•
•
•
Access the navigation tree.
View and manage Alarms for the current location.
Receive an e-mail alarm message.
View and edit abbreviated Properties pages for areas and equipment.
View and edit abbreviated Properties pages for microblocks.
You cannot:
•
•
•
•
•
View and edit items under the System Options tree.
View and manage Schedules.
Configure and view Reports.
View Graphics pages.
Send manual commands.
To dial up a i-Vu® Pro system using WAP
Dialing up a i-Vu® Pro system using a WAP device differs from dialing a telephone number. Each service has
a slightly different method. The following method for connecting to i-Vu Pro Server using WAP is similar to the
Sprint PCS Wireless mobile phone process.
1
Turn on the WAP device.
2
Select Wireless Web.
3
Select Launch Browser.
4
Select Menu.
You can also select i-Vu Pro bookmark if one has been saved.
5
Select Goto.
6
Tap in the i-Vu® Pro IP address; for example, 192.168.168.1.
NOTE If you do not see the i-Vu® Pro login, tap in the IP address again and do the following:
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
217
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
If your WAP device supports...
...append these characters to the end of the
address.
WML browsers.
Applies to most older (pre 3G) WAP devices.
?t=w
XHTMLMP browsers.
Applies to most newer (3G) WAP devices.
?t=xmp
XHTML browsers.
A text only interface for PC's or PDA's.
?t=X
EXAMPLE 192.168.168.1?t=xmp
7
Log in to your i-Vu® Pro system:
○
Tap in your i-Vu® Pro username, then select OK
○
Tap in your i-Vu® Pro password, then select Login.
To navigate the system
Navigating through the WAP interface is the same as navigating through the i-Vu® Pro navigation tree—the
WAP screen is similar to the i-Vu® Pro navigation pane.
The i-Vu® Pro application automatically generates default WAP interface pages.
After you log in, the first screen shows the system level. The name at the top of the screen is the name of the
current level. To navigate deeper into the system, select an item by either pressing its number on the keypad
or by scrolling through the list and then selecting OK. To navigate to other areas of the system, see below.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
218
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Select
Action
1...
Navigate up one level.
Menu
Navigation
Return to the navigation tree (area and equipment level only).
Alarms
List the alarms at the current level (area and equipment level only).
Properties
Show properties at the point level
and show properties at the area and equipment levels if custom pages
have been attached.
Back
Return to the previous page.
Go to Root
Return to the top of the navigation tree.
Logout
Log out of the i-Vu® Pro application.
To view and edit Alarms
1
Navigate to the area you want to view alarms for.
2
Select Menu.
3
Select Alarms to view all alarms at this area.
4
Select an alarm, then click OK to view or edit its details.
5
Select Actions to view a list of actions for the alarm.
6
Select the action to be done, then select OK.
Select
Action
1 List
List all alarms at the current area or equipment level.
2 Navigation
Return to the navigation tree.
3 Ack All
Acknowledge all alarms at the current level.
4 Del All Closed
Delete all closed alarms at the current level.
5 Del All
Delete all alarms at the current level.
To view and edit equipment properties
NOTE If your i-Vu® Pro system requires reasons for changes to equipment (page 113), you cannot edit
equipment properties using WAP.
1
Navigate to a point or BACnet object to view.
2
Edit any properties in brackets.
NOTE You may need to scroll down the screen to view them all.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
219
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
For example, from the BACnet analog input point level, you can view the following:
Select
Action
Value
Present value for that point.
Lock
Locked override status for that point; True locks the present value to the At value.
At
Locked override value.
Alarm
Alarm state for that point.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
220
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up a system in the i-Vu® Pro interface
Using System Options
System Options provides administrative access for the following functions:
•
My Settings (page 221) - user's login, navigation tree preferences and personal contact information
•
System Settings (page 222)
○
General (page 222)
○
Security (page 226)
○
Communications (page 227)
○
Scheduled Tasks (page 228)
○
Daylight Saving (page 229)
○
Add-ons (page 229)
•
Operators (page 101) - operator passwords, levels of access (roles), menu starting location
•
Privilege Sets (page 101)
•
Operator Groups (page 105)
•
Categories - Schedule, Alarm, Graphic, Property, Trend, Report
•
Connections (page 137) - To set up a BACnet/IP connection in the i-Vu® Pro interface
•
Services (page 13)
•
License Administration (page 231)
•
Update (page 232)
•
Client Installs - download Sun's Java VM. See Setting up a computer (page 210) and Alarm Popup
Application (page 68) in the i-Vu® Pro Help.
My Settings
On the My Settings page, you can change settings, such as your:
•
•
•
Password
Viewing preferences
Contact information
NOTE The System Administrator can also change these settings on the Operators page.
To change your settings:
1
On the System Options tree, select My Settings.
2
Make changes on the Settings or Contact Info tab. See table below.
3
Click Accept.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
221
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Field
Notes
Change password
Enable this field, then type your current and new password and then confirm.
Limit is minimum of 8 and maximum 40 characters of any type.
Starting Location and
Starting Page
The i-Vu® Pro view, location, and page that will be displayed after you log in.
Automatically collapse trees
Expands only one tree branch at a time.
Automatically download
schedules on each change
Select to automatically download all new schedules that you create and
schedules that you change.
Play sound at browser when
server receives
Check Non-critical alarms or Critical alarms if you want the system to audibly
notify you when that type of alarm is received.
You can specify a different sound file.
• Internet Explorer, Firefox, and Safari support .wav, .mp3, or .au files.
• Google Chrome supports .wav or .mp3 files.
1
Put your file in the webroot\_common\lvl5\sounds folder.
2
In the Sound File field, replace normal_alarm.wav or critical_alarm.wav with
the name of your sound file.
NOTE You can put your sound file anywhere under the i-Vu_Pro_x.x folder, but
you must change the path in the Sound File field.
System Settings
The System Settings page contains information that you must enter before the i-Vu® Pro application can run
properly.
1
On the System Options tree, select System Settings.
2
Click each tab, then enter the necessary information. Tab details are described below.
General tab
The General tab presents the following System Information:
•
System Directory Name
•
Path to the Webroot Directory
•
Database Type
You can edit or use the following fields and buttons.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
222
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Field
Notes
System Information
System Statistics button
Click to see the number of controllers and trends in the system.
Check to Use metric units for CCN tables and control programs
Logs
Select a week of logs to review
For troubleshooting, you can download a zip file that contains logs of
system activity.
Time
Time Format
Select one of the following for the system's time:
•
•
Date Format
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
12-hour clock (Example: 4:34 pm)
24-hour clock (Example: 16:34)
Select the format you want the system to use.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
223
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Field
Notes
Time Sync
Click to immediately synchronize the time on all IP network controllers in
the system database to the i-Vu® Pro server's time.
Check Enable time synchronization of controllers daily at____ to set daily
time synchronization occurs daily if the field on the Scheduled Tasks tab
(page 228) is enabled. (Click this link for more information on time
synchronization.)
Automatically synchronizes the time on all equipment to the time on the
server, adjusting for different time zones and Daylight Saving Time. We
recommend that you check this field.
The i-Vu® Pro application will send a daily time sync message to each IP
network device that is in the system database. IP devices not in the
database will not be synchronized. For all MS/TP networks in the
database, the i-Vu® Pro application will send a broadcast time sync
message. All devices on these networks will be synchronized, regardless
of whether or not the devices are in the database.
CAUTIONS
•
Make sure that your server’s time and time zone setting are correct.
•
To prevent time sync problems when the transition to and from
Daylight Saving Time occurs, set the time sync to occur at least 1
hour after the last controller in the system is adjusted for DST. For
example, your server and part of your system is in the Eastern
Standard Time zone, but you also have controllers in the Pacific Time
zone. Your server is adjusted for DST at 2:00 a.m. Eastern Standard
Time, but the controllers in the Pacific Time zone are not adjusted
until 3 hours later. So you would set the time sync to occur daily at
6:00 a.m. or later.
NOTES
•
You can perform system-wide time synchronizations using the Time
Sync button.
•
Between time sync broadcasts, Carrier routers include time sync
information in each color request to the devices below the router.
This ensures devices without a battery-backed clock will get the time
shortly after powering up.
Alarms
Enable support for Alarm
Notification Clients to connect to
this server
Check to use the Alarm Notification Client application. See Alarm Popup
(page 68) alarm action.
Trends
Keep trends for ___ days
Stores trend data in the i-Vu® Pro database for the time you specify. This
is a default setting that you can change when you set up trends for an
individual point.
Source Files
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
224
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Field
Notes
All Source Files
Use to export source files to a .zip file that can be imported into another iVu® Pro or Field Assistant system. Source files include:
•
Control programs (.equipment files only)
•
Drivers
•
Graphics (.view files only)
•
Touchscreen files
•
BACview® files
•
Report design files for Equipment Values or Trend Sample reports
NOTE If import detects a difference between a database file and an
import file with the same name, import does not overwrite the database
file. A message lists any file differences so that you can resolve them.
See Commissioning equipment using Field Assistant (page 199).
Download
Optimize download for Open PIC
controllers
Check to increase download speed. The full source files are not
downloaded into the PIC controllers when this is checked.
Include graphics in Open
programmable controller download
Uncheck to increase download speed. If you are not changing the
graphics, you may not want to include them in every download.
Clippings
Import
Click button to import clipping files, which include:
•
Navigation tree items including attached control programs, graphics,
drivers, and screen files
•
Trend data
•
Reports
•
Alarm categories
•
Schedules and schedule group membership (including the entire
schedule group and schedules, if it does not exist in the target
system)
•
Alarm actions
NOTE A Clipping containing CCN controllers does not include the CCN
tables. When importing a clipping containing CCN devices, you must rescan the table.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
225
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Security tab
Field
Notes
Logging
Log audit data to file
Records operator activities and some system activities (such as opening and
closing the database or automatic deletions) in a text file.
The default file is auditlog.txt stored in i-Vu_Pro_\webroot\<system_name>.
You can change the file name and include a different path.
To prevent the file from growing too large as new data is appended, you can
archive the data to another text file by selecting an archive frequency in the
Archive log file contents field. The archive file is auditlog_yyyy_mm_dd.txt,
where yyyy_mm_dd is the creation date of the archive file. This file is
created in the same location as auditlog.txt.
NOTE If you do not archive the log file contents, you should manually delete
the oldest entries.
Log audit data to database
Records audit data in a database named audit.mdb that can be accessed by
third-party software.
NOTE For Access, MSDE, and Derby, the database is automatically created.
An Access database is named audit.mdb; a MSDE database is named
audit.mdf. The Derby database consists of multiple files in a folder called
audit. For MySQL, SQL Server, or PostgreSQL, you must create the database
manually.
Delete database entries older
than ____ days
Automatically deletes entries in the database that are older than the number
of days you specify.
Log errors for invalid URLs
Check this field to write to the core.txt log any time an external source sends
a request to the i-Vu® Pro Server application.
NOTE Regular maintenance scans by external software can cause the log
files to grow large.
Security Policy
Change Policy
See Location-dependent operator access (page 109) for information on
Change Policy.
Remote Access
Allow remote file management
Lets you access the system using WebDAV.
Operators
Return operators to previous
locations when server
reconnects
Returns operators to current tree locations when the server reconnects.
Log off operators after _:_
(HH:MM) of inactivity
The system automatically logs off an operator who has had no activity in the
system for the time period specified.
This is a default setting for the system. The System Administrator can change
this setting for an individual operator on the Operators page.
Lock out operators for __
minutes after __ failed login
attempts
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Clear Lockouts removes lockouts for all users.
NOTE Restarting the i-Vu® Pro Server application will remove lockouts.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
226
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Field
Notes
Use advanced password policy
You can place specific requirements on passwords to increase security. See
Advanced password policy (page 113).
Permissions
Permissions
When control programs, views, touchscreen, and BACview® files are created
by an original equipment manufacturer (OEM), they cannot be used in a iVu® Pro system without the creator's permission. However, the creator can
produce a key for a system with a different license that will grant permission
to the key's recipient.
If you receive a key, put it in the i-Vu_Pro_ x.x\resources\keys folder. The
table in the Permissions section of the Security page shows all keys in the
that folder. To activate a key, click Add, then browse to the key.
To delete a key from your system, select the key in the table, then click
Delete.
Red text in the table indicates the key has a problem such as it does not
apply or has expired. See the Notes column for an explanation.
Communications tab
The fields on this tab let you define controller communication with the i-Vu® Pro Server application and
BACnet network communication.
Field
Notes
i-Vu Pro Server BACnet
Controller Instance
and
BACnet Alarm Recipient
Instance
The BACnet identifier for the system's server and the alarm recipient. You
enter these system properties in SiteBuilder.
Always upload properties from
controllers to i-Vu Pro database
on mismatch
Automatic uploads are listed in the Audit Log.
If you do not check this field, properties must be manually uploaded or
downloaded by the operator when a mismatch occurs.
NOTE If an automatic upload fails and the operator chooses to do nothing at
that time, the upload will be attempted again when he returns to the page
where he encountered the mismatch.
Ignore incoming alarms from
sources not in this database
The i-Vu® Pro application will ignore alarms from third-party devices not in
the database or devices from other i-Vu® Pro systems on the same network.
BACnet Settings
Native i-Vu® Pro system only
Log BACnet Binding Conflicts
The i-Vu® Pro application uses BACnet (dynamic) binding for communication
between devices unless your system uses NAT routing. If using NAT, the iVu® Pro application uses information in its database to bind to BACnet
devices.
When checked, the i-Vu® Pro application logs binding conflicts that result
from duplicate network numbers or device IDs.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
227
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Scheduled Tasks tab
Field
Notes
Automatically delete alarm
An incident group is all alarms related to a particular incident, such as Off
incident groups which have been Normal, Fault, and Return to Normal. You can edit this on the Devices >
closed for more than ___ days
Advanced tab.
NOTE Alarms in an incident group are not deleted until all alarms in the
group have been closed.
Archive alarm information upon
alarm deletion
Writes alarm information to a text file.
Automatically delete expired
schedules daily at ___
To ensure there are no time zone conflicts, the i-Vu® Pro application waits 2
days after a schedule expires to delete it.
Remove expired historical
trends daily at ____
Deletes trend data that has been in the database longer than the time
specified in the Keep historical trends for ___ days field on the General tab.
Enable time synchronization of
controllers daily at____
Automatically synchronizes the time on all equipment to the time on the
server, adjusting for different time zones and Daylight Saving Time. We
recommend that you check this field.
The i-Vu® Pro application will send a daily time sync message to each IP
network device that is in the system database. IP devices not in the database
will not be synchronized. For all MS/TP networks in the database, the i-Vu®
Pro application will send a broadcast time sync message. All devices on
these networks will be synchronized, regardless of whether or not the
devices are in the database.
CAUTIONS
•
Make sure that your server’s time and time zone setting are correct.
•
Make sure that each site’s time zone setting in SiteBuilder is correct.
•
To prevent time sync problems when the transition to and from Daylight
Saving Time occurs, set the time sync to occur at least 1 hour after the
last controller in the system is adjusted for DST. For example, your server
and part of your system is in the Eastern Standard Time zone, but you
also have controllers in the Pacific Time zone. Your server is adjusted for
DST at 2:00 a.m. Eastern Standard Time, but the controllers in the
Pacific Time zone are not adjusted until 3 hours later. So you would set
the time sync to occur daily at 6:00 a.m. or later.
NOTES
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
•
You can perform system-wide time synchronizations using the Time Sync
button on the General tab (page 222).
•
Between time sync broadcasts, Carrier routers include time sync
information in each color request to the devices below the router. This
ensures devices without a battery-backed clock will get the time shortly
after powering up.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
228
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Daylight Saving tab
On this tab, you can adjust the Daylight Saving Time settings for i-Vu Pro Server.
Click Update to automatically set the table's Begin and End dates for the next 10 years based on the system's
timezone. This marks all controllers with ExecB drivers for a Parameters download.
If the updated dates are incorrect
If you clicked Update but the dates are incorrect, your system's Java timezone data may be out-of-date. Do
the following:
1
Go to the Oracle Java SE Download site (http://java.sun.com/javase/downloads).
2
Download the JDK DST Timezone Update Tool (tzupdater-< version >.zip).
3
In the i-Vu® Pro interface, go to System Settings > Daylight Saving, then click Import.
4
Browse to the tzupdater.zip file, select it, then click Open.
5
Click Continue.
6
Restart the i-Vu Pro Server application.
7
On the System Settings > Daylight Saving tab, click Update.
NOTE If you have sites in different time zones that use Daylight Saving Time, you can click View DST Dates on
the site's Properties page to see DST information and time change dates.
Add-ons tab
A i-Vu® Pro system supports add-ons, such as Tenant Billing, that retrieve and use the i-Vu® Pro data.
To install an add-on
1
Save the add-on's file (.addon or .war) to your computer.
2
On the System Options > System Settings > Add-ons tab, click Browse, and then open the file.
3
Click Install Add-on. After a few seconds, the add-on will appear in the Installed table, and will be
enabled. The table below gives a description of each column.
Column
Notes
Name
The add-on's name.
Path
To open the add-on in a web browser, append this path to your i-Vu® Pro
system's address.
For example, to start Tenant Billing, enter
http://<system_name>/override, or
http://<system_IP_address>/override
Version
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
The version is shown if the author provided the information in the add-on.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
229
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
4
Column
Notes
Status
If this column shows:
○
Running, you can open the add-on in a web browser.
○
Disabled, click Enable to run the add-on.
○
Startup error, select the table row to see an explanation of
the error under Details.
Select an add-on in the Installed table to disable or enable it, or to see the following Details.
Add-on
main page
Click the main page link to open the add-on, if the author provided a main
page.
Description
A description of the add-on, if the author provided one
Vendor Name
The add-on's author
Public Data Directory
This public directory contains data generated by the add-on. This data is
visible in a web browser.
Private Data Directory
This private directory contains information such as configuration data.
To back up the add-on's private and public data directories
NOTE This procedure will not back up data stored in an external database.
1
Select the add-on in the table.
2
Click Save Data.
3
Click OK.
4
Click Save.
5
Select the location where you want to save the data, then click Save.
To update an add-on
NOTE Add-ons for i-Vu® Pro v6.0 or later systems have a different folder structure than previous versions.
1
Select the add-on in the table.
2
Click Remove Add-on and Keep Data
3
Follow the procedure above to install the new version of the add-on.
To uninstall an add-on
1
Select the add-on in the table.
2
Click Remove Add-on and Data.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
230
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To register and download your i-Vu® Pro license
To register your software, you must obtain a license from Carrier and then apply it in the i-Vu® Pro interface.
1
Login to I-Vu Systems website http://www.ivusystems.com.
NOTES
○
Only Carrier authorized personnel may access ivusystems.com. To set up your i-Vu Systems account,
please contact Controls Support with the following information: name, phone number, e-mail
address, office address, and your password of choice.
○
If you are an end-user or contractor, please contact your local Carrier office to obtain your license.
2
Select Register/Download i-Vu Software Licenses.
3
Expand the applicable section under Available Licenses and select the site/project to register it.
NOTE All your Sites Names/Project Names are listed.
4
In License Details, fill in the Owner and Site information and click Register License.
5
Check I agree to the terms of use.
6
Click Download License and then save the .properties file to a convenient location to use when installing
the i-Vu® Pro application.
To apply the license to the i-Vu® Pro application
During the i-Vu® Pro installation, in the Setup Wizard, on the Product License screen, check Browse to a
different license, and select the site license you obtained.
NOTES
○
Selecting the default license results in a prompt appearing every few minutes in the i-Vu® Pro
interface to remind you to apply your site license.
○
Do not edit any part of this registered license file. Editing a license file invalidates the license.
○
Store the license in a safe location.
To apply the site license after the installation:
1
In the i-Vu® Prointerface, select the System Options tree > License Administration.
2
Browse to the license file.
3
Click Apply.
4
Restart i-Vu® Pro Server using the rebootserver manual command (page 114).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
231
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Update
In System Options on the Update tab, click the Update button to install .update files (patches, service packs,
drivers, language packs, graphics libraries, and help updates).
See below for details on updating the SAL library and applying it to your system.
Update the equipment library
The i-Vu® Pro SAL files update youri-Vu® Pro controllers. The SAL libraries contain control programs,
graphics, drivers, screen files, and other important controller data.
Carrier periodically provides updates, which include enhancements and bug fixes.
NOTES
•
The library update only changes default graphics. If you have edited your graphic in ViewBuilder, it is not
updated.
•
The last digits in the SAL library name are the release date of the library.
•
All of the SAL files will not necessarily have the same <date> revision.
•
To ensure that your installation is running the latest software, we recommend that you check Control
Systems Support http://www.hvacpartners.com/ for updates. Download the latest SAL files and apply
them to all new installations.
•
If you are changing to an older SAL file than the current one being used, a warning asks you if you are
sure you want to apply an older version.
NOTE Keep copies of the latest libraries in a safe place. In the event of a system restore, the updated .sal file
must be reapplied.
To check current SAL library version
1
Login to the i-Vu® Pro application.
2
Click
3
Click Current Libraries (.sal) to view the current SAL libraries and their revision date.
, then select System Options > Update tab.
Step 1: Update library
1
Save the updated library (.sal file) to your computer.
2
Click
, then select System Options > Update tab.
NOTE Expand Current Libraries (.sal) to see the current SAL libraries and their revision. Compare them
to what you downloaded from the Carrier support website to determine if any of them have been
updated.
3
Click
and browse to the updated .sal file that you have saved on your computer, select
the file, and click Open.
4
Click Continue.
5
When process is complete, the message appears File added successfully.
6
Click Close.
NOTE These changes are not applied to the controllers until you have updated routers and controllers.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
232
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Follow these steps to implement the new equipment library:
Step 2: Update the files for the routers
1
Select the router that you wish to update in the navigation tree.
2
Right-click and select Driver Properties.
3
Select Properties page > Update tab.
4
If the database contains 2 or more routers, you must check Change for all control programs of this type
in the Controller section.
5
Click Update. A message appears Changes the driver and screen file to use the current library version.
Continue?
NOTE If more than one router exists, the additional routers are listed below the Update button.
6
Click OK.
7
Click Accept.
Step 3: Update the files for the controllers
1
Double-click the controller in the navigation tree or right-click and select Configure .
2
If you have multiple controllers of the same type, enable Change for all control programs of this type?.
3
Click Update under Controller. A message appears Changes the control program, view, driver and screen
file to use the current library version. Continue?
4
Click OK. When the message Updated to the library version xx. appears, click Close.
5
Repeat steps 1 - 4 for any additional types of controllers.
6
Click Close again.
Step 4: Update the files for CCN controllers
1
In the navigation tree, select the CCN device manager associated with the controllers that are to be
updated.
2
Select Devices > CCN Discovery and re-scan any controllers that need to be updated by checking Rescan
Controllers Selected Below for Configuration Changes and clicking Start Scan.
Step 5: Apply the update to the routers and controllers
1
Select the site level in the navigation tree and then select the Downloads page.
2
If you wish to apply the new SAL file to your entire system, you can use this page to compare to your
navigation tree and verify that you have selected all of your routers and controllers for download.
NOTE Only the CCN Gateway and device managers require download, so the CCN controllers/equipment
will not be listed.
3
A network's controllers download in the order shown. To change the order, select a controller(s), then
drag and drop or click Move to Top or Move to Bottom.
EXCEPTION If a controller's router requires a download, it will download first regardless of its position on
the Downloads page. Click the Start button.
NOTES
○
Use Ctrl+click, Shift+click, or the Select All checkbox to select multiple controllers.
○
See To download from the Downloads page (page 203) in Help for more details.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
233
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Adding links or text to i-Vu® Pro's login page
You can add links or text, such as a disclaimer, to i-Vu® Pro's login page.
To add links to the login page
1
In a text editor such as Notepad, type 2 lines for each link that you want on the login page.
Line 1: link#.text=<the link text that is to appear on the login page>
Line 2: link#.url=<the link's address>
Example to add links shown above:
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
234
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
2
Save the file with the following name and location.
File name: extra_login_links.properties
Location: ivu_pro_x.x\webroot\<system_name>
To add text to the login page
1
In a text editor such as Notepad, type the text that you want on the login page.
Example to add text shown above:
2
Save the file with the following name and location.
File name: legal_disclaimer.txt
Location: ivu_pro_x.x\webroot\<system_name>
Editing a system remotely
To import a clipping
You can export a clipping (a portion of a system) in SiteBuilder and then import it in the i-Vu® Pro interface.
The following items are imported:
•
One or more selected Geographic and Network tree items including attached control programs, graphics,
and drivers
•
Reports
•
Alarm categories
•
Location-dependent security information
•
Schedules and schedule group membership (including the entire schedule group and schedules, if it
does not exist in the target system)
•
Alarm actions
•
Source tree relationships (including source tree rules if the source tree does not exist in the target
system)
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
235
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
To import a clipping:
1
Click
, then select System Options > System Settings.
2
On the General tab, click
3
Browse to and select the clipping you want to import, then click Next.
4
Optional: If necessary, you can change the location path where the clipping will be imported. Select the
system fragment, then select the import location in the tree below.
5
Click Next.
6
If asked if you want to overwrite components, follow the on-screen instructions.
7
The interface shows any conflicts and problems that were found during the import. Make any needed
corrections in SiteBuilder.
Clippings. and then
.
NOTE Click Copy to Clipboard and then paste the list into another program such as Notepad for viewing
or printing.
8
Click Next.
9
Click Finish.
10 Do any of the following that apply.
If you imported...
Do the following in the SiteBuilder
application...
Do the following in the i-Vu® Pro
application...
Another site into the system
Change the new site's BACnet/IP
network number to be the same as the
other BACnet/IP network(s).
Download All Content to all Carrier IP
routers in the system.
A second BACnet/IP network
into a site
Move the items under the new network
to the original BACnet/IP network, then
delete the new network.
Download Parameters to any
controllers that you moved.
Any controllers that use the
N/A
SiteBuilder option Automatically
Configure My BBMDs
Download BBMDs to the routers.
Any controllers that use
manually configured BBMD
tables
Update the routers' BBMD tables.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
N/A
See "To set up BBMDs through the iVu® Pro interface (page 140)"
or
"To set up BBMDs using the BBMD
Configuration Tool (page 142)"
in i-Vu® Pro Help.
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
236
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
If you imported...
Do the following in the SiteBuilder
application...
Do the following in the i-Vu® Pro
application...
A clipping without trends into a
system using NAT
N/A
Restart IP connection(s) to new
devices.
Managing files on a remote i-Vu® Pro server
A i-Vu® Pro system supports WebDAV, a network protocol designed for managing remote server files through
an Internet connection. Use a third-party WebDAV client application, such as WebDrive, to access the Internet
from anywhere in the world and manage your system files residing on a distant i-Vu® Pro server.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
237
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
Options for running the i-Vu® Pro system
Running i-Vu Pro Server without connecting to controllers
To verify links between graphics and to set up properties, schedules, alarms, and trends before you connect
to the network, run i-Vu Pro Design Server instead of i-Vu Pro Server. Then view the i-Vu® Pro interface in a
web browser.
NOTE Question marks or purple thermographic color indicates correct microblock paths. Missing data or dark
yellow thermographic color indicates errors.
Switching i-Vu Pro Server to a different system
Design engineers working on multiple projects can switch systems in the i-Vu Pro Server application.
1
In the i-Vu Pro Server application, select Server > Change Active System.
2
Select a different system (it must be in the webroot folder) and mode.
3
Click Select.
Running i-Vu Pro Server as a Windows® service
For Windows 7, 8, 2008, 2012, and Vista
Run i-Vu Pro Server as a Windows service if you want i-Vu Pro Server to automatically start up when the server
computer is restarted.
NOTE If your i-Vu® Pro system uses a database other than Derby and the database is located on the same
computer as i-Vu Pro Server, you must set up Windows to delay starting i-Vu Pro Server until the database
service has started. See "How to delay loading of specific services"
(http://support.microsoft.com/kb/193888) on the Microsoft® website.
To install i-Vu® Pro Server service
NOTE If you are not sure if the service was previously installed, see To determine if i-Vu Pro Server service is
installed (page 240).
1
In the Windows Start menu, select All Programs > Accessories.
2
Right-click Command Prompt, then select Run as administrator.
3
Select Yes in the User Account Control message.
4
In the Command Prompt window, type: cd <path to the i-Vu Pro install directory>
For example, type: cd c:\i-Vu_Pro_x.x
replacing x.x with your current version number.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
238
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
5
Press Enter.
6
Type:
7
Press Enter.
"i-Vu Pro Service.exe"
To start i-Vu® Pro Server as a Windows service
1
In the Windows Start menu, select Control Panel.
2
Select Administrative Tools, then double-click Services.
3
In the Services (Local) list, double-click i-Vu Pro Service X.X.
4
In the Startup type drop-down list, select Automatic.
5
On the Log On tab, do one of the following:
6
○
For Windows Vista, 2008 and 2012, select This account, and then browse to select a user who is a
member of the Administrator Group on that computer.
○
For Windows 7 and 8, select Local System account.
Optional: If you selected Local System account in step 5 and you want to be able to access i-Vu Pro
Server on the server computer's desktop, check Allow service to interact with desktop.
NOTES
○
If you do not check this field, the computer screen will give no indication that i-Vu Pro Server is
running; you must view the computer's Services page to see if it is running.
○
This checkbox applies only to a user logged in on the server. A Windows Remote Desktop user
cannot access i-Vu Pro Server running as a service.
○
If you check this field, you cannot use the instructions below to set up printing to a network printer.
Ask your Network Administrator to set up Local System account to use a network printer.
○
If you check this field and the i-Vu® Pro application is to run email alarm actions, ask your Network
Administrator to set up Local System account to send emails.
7
On the General tab, click Start.
8
Click OK.
NOTE If i-Vu Pro Server does not start after you click Start, you may have a Windows permissions problem.
Follow the procedure below in To set up the i-Vu Pro service for network printing (page 239) to set up the
Windows user name and password.
To set up the service for network printing
If i-Vu Pro Server runs as a service on a computer that is using a network printer, you must set up the
Windows user name and password for the service. The Print alarm action requires this setup to be able to
print.
1
In the Windows Start menu, select Control Panel.
2
Select Administrative Tools > Services.
3
Double-click i-Vu Pro Service x.x.
4
On the Log On tab, select This account.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
239
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
5
Browse to the computer's domain, then select the user that the service will log in as.
NOTE Contact your network administrator if you need help determining the domain.
6
Type the user's password in the Password and Confirm password fields.
To stop or uninstall i-Vu® Pro Server service
To stop i-Vu Pro Server service
1
In the Windows Start menu, select Control Panel.
2
Select Administrative Tools, then double-click Services.
3
In the Services (Local) list, double-click i-Vu Pro Service X.X (where x.x is the i-Vu Pro version number.
4
In the i-Vu Pro Service x.x Properties dialog box, click Stop on the General tab.
5
Click OK.
To uninstall i-Vu Pro Server service
1
In the Windows Start menu, right-click Command Prompt, then select Run as administrator.
2
Select Yes in the User Account Control message.
3
In the Command Prompt window, type: cd <path to the i-Vu Pro install directory>
For example, type: cd c:\i-Vu_Pro_x.x
4
Press Enter.
5
Type:
6
Press Enter.
"i-Vu Pro Service.exe" -remove
To determine if i-Vu® Pro Server service is installed
If you do not know if the service was previously installed, follow the appropriate steps below.
1
In the Windows Start menu, right-click Command Prompt, then select Run as administrator.
2
Select Yes in the User Account Control message.
3
In the Command Prompt window, type: cd <path to the i-Vu Pro install directory>
For example, type: cd c:\i-Vu Prox.x
4
Press Enter.
5
Type:
6
Press Enter.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
"i-Vu Pro Service.exe" -check
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
240
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Setting up a system for non-English languages
English is the i-Vu® Pro default language, but you can set up your system to display a different language. You
can also set up multiple languages so different operators can view the system in different languages.
Follow the procedures below to display the i-Vu® Pro interface in non-English languages.
1
Install a language pack (page 242).
2
Prepare your workstation for non-English text (page 241).
3
Create control programs and translation files (page 243).
4
Create graphics (page 245).
5
Create your system in SiteBuilder (page 247).
6
Set an operator’s language in the i-Vu® Pro interface (page 248).
Preparing your workstation for non-English text
NOTE The instructions below are for a Windows XP operating system. If you have a different operating
system, see your system's Help for instructions.
Set up your workstation so you can type international characters in control programs, graphics, or SiteBuilder.
1
Install the appropriate fonts for the languages you will be using. In the Windows Control Panel, open
Fonts, select File > Install new fonts.
2
In the Control Panel, open Regional and Language Options, then select the Input language.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
241
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
3
Install an Input Method Editor (IME) for non-alphanumeric characters.
See your operating system's Help for more information.
Installing a language pack
A language pack translates the text in the i-Vu® Pro interface. i-Vu® Pro is installed with an English language
pack. To download other language packs, obtain them from the Carrier Control Systems Support Site
http://www.hvacpartners.com/.
NOTE If you create a system by copying an existing system that uses language packs, install the same
language packs on the new system.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
242
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Creating control programs and translation files for a non-English system
To have the i-Vu® Pro interface display a control program’s user-defined text (such as microblock names and
property text) in a non-English language, you must:
1
Create the control program using key terms instead of the text.
2
Create translation files of key terms and their language-specific equivalents.
In the i-Vu® Pro interface, the key term is replaced with its equivalent in the translation file for the current
operator language. If a i-Vu® Pro Properties page, Logic page, shows ??key term??, the key term is missing
from the translation file.
NOTE To edit existing control programs or translation files, see Editing translation files, control programs
(page 249).
To enter a key term in the Snap application
In the Snap Property Editor, type @ before each key term.
NOTES
•
Type only the key term in the Snap application. Expressions such as $present_value$ are put in the
translation file as part of the translated text. See EXAMPLES in "Translation files" below.
•
Key terms can contain only alphanumeric characters and underscores (no spaces) and cannot start with
a number.
Translation files
Translation files are used to translate key terms in control programs. A translation file contains key terms and
their language-specific equivalents.
For a non-English system, you must create an English translation file and a non-English translation file* for
each of the following:
•
•
Each control program
Key terms used in multiple control programs
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
243
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
EXAMPLES
Translation files
Key term=Language-specific equivalent
English
This_value=This value is $present_value$
Zone_temp=Zone temperature
Spanish
This_value=Este valor es $present_value$
Zone_temp=Temperatura de zona
*If the i-Vu® Pro interface will display multiple non-English languages, create a translation file for each
language.
To create and implement a translation file
Create your translation file in a text editor, such as Microsoft® Word, that supports the character encoding
you need.
1
Type one key term and language equivalent per line, left justified, starting in column 1. Do not put
spaces on either side of the equal sign.
2
Save the file using the appropriate file name and location in the table below.
If key terms are used in...
the file name is...
File location
A single control program
<any_name>_xx.native*
Any location
Multiple control programs
equipment_xx.native*
i-Vu_Pro_\webroot\
<system_name>\resources
* xx = the language extension code. See "Extension codes and encoding" below.
If you are using:
○
the English character set, save the file as Text only.
○
a non-English character set, save the file as Encoded text . (See your application’s help for
information on saving files as encoded text.) When prompted for the language and encoding, see
“Extension codes and encoding” below.
3
Open the control program in the Snap application, then select Control Program > Bundled Resources.
4
Click
, locate and select the translation file(s) for this control program, then click Open.
NOTES
5
○
Do not add equipment_xx.native files that you created for multiple control programs.
○
You can use Ctrl+click or Shift+click to select multiple files.
Save the control program. The translation files are embedded in the control program; the original files
are no longer necessary.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
244
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Extension codes and encoding
Language
Extension codes
Encoding*
Brazillian Portuguese
pt_BR
ISO-8859-1
English
en
ISO-8859-1
Canadian French
fr
ISO-8859-1
French
fr_FR
ISO-8859-1
German
de
ISO-8859-1
Italian
it
ISO-8859-1
Japanese
ja
EUC-JP
Korean
ko
EUC-KR
Russian
ru
KOI8_R
Spanish
es
ISO-8859-1
Swedish
sv
ISO-8859-1
Simplified Chinese
zh
GB2312
Traditional Chinese
zh_TW
Big5
Thai
th
TIS620
Vietnamese
vi
Cp1258
* Encoding is used when you create the translation file.
Creating graphics for a non-English system
To create a non-English graphic in ViewBuilder:
1
Set the language font (page 246).
2
Create the graphic. (page 246)
3
Save the .view file.
NOTE The names of your .view file and any inserted image files must contain only ASCII characters.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
245
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Setting the language font
If your system has language packs installed, you can select a font for each language. Your selection affects
only how text in your graphic appears in ViewBuilder.
To set the font for each language
1
Select Configure > Preferences > Graphic (.view).
2
On the Language tab, check the language that you want to be the default for all new graphics.
To select the default language font for all new graphics
In the Preview Font column, click the font name to select a different font.
To select the active language when creating a view
If you will use multiple language fonts in a single view, you can switch to a different language font as follows:
1
Select Configure > View Properties.
2
In the Language field, select the language you want to use.
3
Click OK.
To create a Non-English graphic
The method you use to create a graphic that will be displayed in a non-English i-Vu® Pro system depends on
the following:
•
If the i-Vu® Pro system will display only a single non-English language, create the graphic in that
language.
•
If the i-Vu® Pro system will display multiple non-English languages, use either of the following methods:
○
Create the graphic in layers (one layer for each language), and then assign a show/hide conditional
expression (see format below) to each layer so that it displays in i-Vu® Pro based on the operator
language. See "To show/hide a layer in the i-Vu® Pro interface" in ViewBuilder Help.
○
Create each piece of the graphic in the different languages, and then assign a show/hide
conditional expression (see format below) to each piece so that it displays in i-Vu® Pro based on the
operator language. See "Setting objects on a graphic to show/hide in the i-Vu® Pro interface" in
ViewBuilder Help.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
246
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Show/Hide conditional expression format
$$operator_language$$='language'
where language is the language code from the list below.
For example, the conditional expression to display French would be:
$$operator_language$$='fr_FR'
Language
Language code
Brazillian Portuguese
pt_BR
English
en
Canadian French
fr
French
fr_FR
German
de
Italian
it
Japanese
ja
Korean
ko
Russian
ru
Spanish
es
Swedish
sv
Simplified Chinese
zh
Traditional Chinese
zh_TW
Thai
th
Vietnamese
vi
Creating a non-English system in SiteBuilder
To choose the language(s) for your system
1
In SiteBuilder, select Configure > Preferences.
2
Select the Language tab.
3
Under Supported Languages, select each language that you want to be available in your system.
NOTE This list shows all installed language packs. To install additional languages, see Installing a
language pack (page 242).
4
In the System field, select the system Language (page 248).
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
247
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
5
Click OK.
6
Save your database.
To create your system
To create your system in each language that the system will display:
1
In SiteBuilder, select Configure > Preferences.
2
Optional: The Font tab shows the font that will be displayed in SiteBuilder for each language that you
selected on the Language tab. To change a font, click on the name in the Preview Font column, then
make a new selection.
3
On the Language tab, select a language in the Current Session field.
4
Click OK.
5
Create your system.
6
Save your database.
7
If your system will display multiple languages:
a)
Select Configure > Preferences, select the Language tab, and select another language in the
Current Session field.
b)
Re-enter all node names and display names in the current language.
c)
Save your database.
d)
Repeat steps a. through c. for each additional language the system will display.
System language
The system language is used for:
The default language for new operators
Alarms sent to the database
State text and object names downloaded to the field
The default login page *
All other information is displayed in the operator’s language, which may be different than the system
language. See To set an operator’s language in the i-Vu® Pro interface (page 248).
* You can change the language shown on the i-Vu® Pro login page by selecting a different language from the
list below the Password field.
To set an operator’s language in the i-Vu® Pro interface
An operator can change their language preference in the i-Vu® Pro interface.
1
On the System Options tree, select My Settings.
2
Under Preferences, select the Language in the drop-down list.
3
Click Accept.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
248
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Setting up and configuring a i-Vu® Pro system
Editing translation files or control programs for a non-English system
If you add or edit a key term in a control program, be sure to make the same change in the translation file.
See Creating control programs and translation files (page 243).
If you make changes after attaching a control program in SiteBuilder, do one of the following:
•
If you changed text only in a control program or its translation file, right-click the control program on the
Geographic tree, then select Rebuild Equipment Pages.
•
If you changed logic in the control program, right-click the control program on the Geographic tree, then
select Reload Control Program.
To edit a bundled resource
The Snap application bundles (embeds) the translation file(s) for a control program into the .equipment file.
See steps 3 through 5 in To create and implement a translation file (page 244). To edit a bundled translation
file:
1
Open the control program in the Snap application.
2
Select Control Program > Bundled Resources.
3
Select the file, then click
4
Edit the translation file.
5
In the Bundled Resources dialog box in the Snap application, click
6
Click OK to overwrite the existing file.
to save it to your hard drive.
and select the edited file.
Copying translation files to another system
To copy most translation files from one system to another, you copy the files in the source system and paste
them into the same folders in the destination system.
However, if your source system and destination system have translation files with the same name, copying
and pasting would overwrite the file(s) in the destination system. In this case:
1
Open the source system’s translation file in a text editor, then copy the key terms and translations.
2
Open the destination system’s translation file in a text editor, then paste into it the key terms that you
copied. Remove any duplicate key terms.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
249
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Integrating i-Vu® Pro data into other applications
Integrating i-Vu® Pro data into other applications
The i-Vu® Pro product has an application programming interface (API) that allows a programmer to write an
application that can retrieve i-Vu® Pro data, communicate with controllers, and in some case, contribute
features to the i-Vu® Pro application. In addition, i-Vu® Pro supports data transfer using web services. If you
need a new feature, report, or data from your system, you may be able to contract someone to develop a iVu® Pro add-on or custom report to meet your need. Contact Carrier Control Systems Support for more
information.
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
250
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
Document revision history
Document revision history
Important changes to this document are listed below. Minor changes such as typographical or formatting errors are not
listed.
Date
Topic
Change description
Code*
5/22/17
Obtain a CA certificate
Step 1b. Corrected path to
keytool.exe -certreq -alias i-Vu -keystore
Added topics:
To assign privilege sets to an operator
To delete a local privilege set assignment
Restricting access in the system
Security Assignments Report
C-TS-CI-E
Advanced security
Location-dependent operator access
C-TS-CI-E
* For internal use only
i-Vu Pro v6.5 Help
Carrier Proprietary and Confidential
251
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
All rights reserved
CARRIER CORPORATION ©2017
A member of the United Technologies Corporation family · Stock symbol UTX · Catalog No. 11-808-553-01 · 5/22/2017
Open as PDF
Similar pages